Service

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo

Workshop Manual
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
Fox 2010 ➤

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Fox 2014 ➤
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

SpaceFox 2011 ➤

h re
hole

spec
Electrical system
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Edition 12.2016

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information

 Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
27 - Starter, current supply, CCS
90 - Gauges, instruments
92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior
96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior
97 - Wiring

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
AG.

careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2017 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D3E80263651

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Contents

27 - Starter, current supply, CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Battery A - disconnect and connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Battery A - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3 Battery A Console - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.4 Tightening torques - Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1 Starter B - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2 Starter B (Manufacturer Valeo) - disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.3 Starter B (Manufacturer Bosch) - disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
16
2.4 Fox Bluemotion agen
ksw 3-cylinder EA211 engine not starter motor - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . 27
oes
ol
yV g
2.5 Tightening
ised b torques - Starter . . . . . . . . . .ua. ra. n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
r tee
3 ho
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o.r a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
aut
3.1 ss Generator (Alternator) C - cable fastening (B+) . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

ce
le
un

3.2 Generator (Alternator) C - check Poly-V belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

pt
an
d
itte

3.3 Generator (Alternator) C for 1.0 and 1.6 liter engines - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

y li
rm

ab
3.4 Generator (Alternator) C - replace the Poly-V belt pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
pe

ility
ot

3.5 Voltage regulator C1 (Manufacturer Bosch) - disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

wit
, is n

h re
3.6 Voltage regulator C1 (Manufacturer Valeo) - disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
hole

spec
3.7 Tightening torques - Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
es, in part or in w

90 - Gauges, instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 t to the co

1 Combined instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
rrectness of i

1.1 Locating defects and indicating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

l purpos

1.2 Combined instrument K - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

1.3 Combined instrument K - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1.4 Combined instrument K - description of rear part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
nform
ercia

1.5 Combined instrument K - pin assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

m

a
com

1.6 Combined instrument K - control light symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

ion in
r
te o

2 Service interval indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

thi
s
iva

2.1 Service interval indication - reset to zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

do
r
rp

cum
fo

3 12 Volt socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
en
ng

t.
yi
3.1 12 volt socket U5 - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Co
Cop py
3.2 12 volt socket U5 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
3.3 Electric socket 2 - 12V U18 (Fox/Crossfox) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
3.4 Electric socket 2 - 12V U18 (Fox/Crossfox) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote
54
AG.

3.5 Electric socket 2 - 12V U18 - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

3.6 Electric socket 2 - 12V U18 (Spacefox/Suran - version 1) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . 57
3.7 Electric socket 2 - 12V U18 (Spacefox/Suran - version 1) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.8 Electric socket 2 - 12V U18 (Spacefox/Suran - version 2) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . 60
3.9 Electric socket 2 - 12V U18 (Spacefox/Suran - version 2) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10 Electric socket 2 - 12V U18 - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

1 Windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.1 Windscreen wiper system - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1.2 Windscreen wiper blade (version 1) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1.3 Windscreen wiper blade (version 2) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1.4 Windscreen wiper blade and arm set - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1.5 Windscreen wiper mechanism - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
1.6 Windscreen wiper motor V - disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
1.7 Windscreen wiper blade resting position - adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Contents i
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 by V ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
ol
gu
ara
d
Electrical system orise- Edition 12.2016 nte
eo
th
au ra
ss c
1.8 Blade application angle on windscreen - adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

ce
le
un

pt
1.9 Rain and light sensor G397 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

an
d
itte

y li
2 Windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
rm

ab
pe

ility
2.1 Windscreen washer system - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
ot

wit
, is n

2.2 Reservoir for the windscreen and rear window washer system - remove and install . . . . . . 76

h re
hole

2.3 Windscreen washer pump V5 and/or Rear window washer pump V13 - remove and install

spec
........................................................................ 77
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2.4 Windscreen washer system spray nozzles - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.5 Windscreen washer system spray nozzles - adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3 Rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

rrectness of i
3.1 Rear window wiper and washer system - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
l purpos

3.2 Rear window wiper arm - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

3.3 Rear window wiper motor V12 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

nform
ercia

3.4 Rear window wiper blade resting position - adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

m

3.5 Rear window wiper blade - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

a
com

tion in
4 Rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
r
te o

thi
4.1 Rear window washer system - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

s
iva

do
4.2 Rear window washer system spray nozzle - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
r
rp

cum
fo

4.3 Rear window washer system spray nozzle - adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
1 Main headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote
1.1 Main headlights - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
AG.

1.2 Main Headlights - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

1.3 Main headlight lamps (single) - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
1.4 Main headlight lamps (twin) - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
2 Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.1 Fog lights - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.2 Fog lights - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.3 Auxiliary headlights (CrossFox / Space Cross / Suran Cross) - assembly overview . . . . . . 97
2.4 Auxiliary headlights (CrossFox / Space Cross / Suran Cross) - remove and install . . . . . . 98
3 Headlights - check adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.1 Check headlight adjustment (with the new inspection display without 15º adjustment line).
........................................................................ 102
3.2 Headlights - adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4 Side indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4.1 Side indicator lights incorporated to external rear-view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5 Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.1 Tail lights (Fox/Crossfox) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.2 Tail light (Fox/Crossfox) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.3 Tail light lamp support (Fox/Crossfox) - disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.4 Tail lights (Spacefox/Suran) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.5 Tail light (Spacefox/Suran) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.6 Tail light lamp support (Spacefox/Suran) - disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.7 Centre tail light “rear lid” (Spacefox/Suran) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.8 Left rear fog light lamp L46 (Spacefox/Suran) - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
6 Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.1 Tail fog light (Fox/Crossfox) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.2 Tail fog light lamp L20 (Fox/Crossfox) - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
7 License plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
7.1 License plate light (Fox) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
7.2 Number plate light X (Fox) - replace bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.3 License plate light (CrossFox) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.4 License plate light X (Crossfox) - replace lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.5 Number plate light (Spacefox/Suran) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

ii Contents
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

7.6 License plate light X (Spacefox/Suran) - replace lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

8 Additional brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
8.1 Auxiliary brake light - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
9 Switch set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
9.1 Direction and wiper switches / glasses washer (version 1) - remove and install . . . . . . . . 121
. Volkswagen AG
en AGwiper
9.2 Direction
ksw
agand switchesdo/eglasses
s no washer (version 2) - remove and install . . . . . . . . 122
ol
9.3 Connectors
byV pinout in the switch set
t gu
for
aranturn lights and window wipers/washers . . . . . . . . 123
ed
ris t
10utho Steering lock set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.e .or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
a a
s10.1
s Steering lock set - remove and install . . . .c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

ce
e
nl

11 Ignition/starter switch and key cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

pt
du

an
itte

11.1 Key cylinder - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

y li
erm

ab
11.2 Ignition/starter switch D - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

ility
ot p

11.3 Ignition switch D - pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

wit
, is n

h re
12 Auxiliary parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
hole

spec
12.1 Locating defects and indicating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
es, in part or in w

t to the co
12.2 Auxiliary parking system - assembly general view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
12.3 Control unit for parking aid J446 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
12.4 Warning buzzer for rear parking aid H15 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

rrectness of i
12.5 Parking aid sensor - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
l purpos

96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

nform
ercia

1 Internal lights and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

1.1 Cabin surveillance deactivation switch E267 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
m

at
om

1.2 Dashboard switches - remove and install (version 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

on
c

in t
r

1.3 Dashboard switches (vehicles without radio) - remove and install (version 2) . . . . . . . . . . 139
o

his
ate

1.4 Dashboard switches (vehicles with radio) - remove and install (version 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
do
priv

1.5 Light switch E1 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

um
for

en
g

1.6 Glove compartment light W6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
2 Front door lights and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
2.1 Door contact switches - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
co Vo
by lksw
cted
2.2 Front/rear window drive switches and window lock switch - remove and install . . . . . . . . 143
agen
Prote AG.

2.3 Rear-view mirror adjustment switch E43 with Switch for rear-view mirror adjustment E48 -
remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
2.4 Driver side interior locking switch E150 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3 Lights and switches in luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.1 Luggage compartment lighting switch F5 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.2 Boot light W3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
4 Roof lining lights and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
4.1 Internal front light W1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
4.2 Internal front light W1 with reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
4.3 Internal front light W1 with sun roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
4.4 Make-up mirror lighting - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.5 Rear reading light W11 and/or W12 - remove e install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
5 Horns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
5.1 Treble tone horn H2 - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
5.2 Horn plate H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
6 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.1 Immobilizer control unit J362 - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.2 Immobilizer reading coil D2 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.3 Ignition key - variable code transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.4 Ignition key - adapt to immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.5 Ignition key - replace battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
7 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
7.1 Locating defects and indicating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Contents iii
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

7.2 Anti-theft alarm system - activate and deactivate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

7.3 Ultra-sound sensor for alarm system G209 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
7.4 Alarm system horn H8 - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
1 Fuse and relay support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
1.1 Fuse and relay support - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
2 Coupling stations and engine compartment bellows lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.1 Coupling station on A-pillar - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.2 Coupling station on B-pillar - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.3 Boot cover on engine compartment partition panel - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
3 Fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3.1 Fuse box - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4 Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
4.1 Central control unit for the convenience system J393 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
4.2 Control unit of lights with windscreen wiper functions J917 (Coming Home/Leaving Home)
........................................................................ 178
4.3 Central control unit afor genwindow
AG. Volksw activation
agen AG J1015 (ZFH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
do 180
4.4 Control unit for o lkswon-board system J519es(BFM)
the not ................................ 180
y V gu
b ara
4.5 Control ounit
rised
for the on-board system J519 (BCM) n t.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
th eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

iv Contents
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

27 – Starter, current supply, CCS

1 Battery
(VRL009869; Edition 12.2016)

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Observe safety warnings and instructions ⇒

General information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - 5 to 50 Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1331-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Torque wrench - 4 to 20Nm (fit. 3/8") - VAG 1410-

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Battery 1
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1.1 Battery -A- - disconnect and connect

1.1.1 Disconnect

WARNING

To avoid risks of accidents, always first disconnect the terminal

connected to the negative pole of the Battery - A- .
The Battery - A- earth wire fastening should not be removed
from the vehicle body.

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Loosen the securing nut -arrow- and remove the earth wire
terminal -1- from the negative pole of the Battery - A- .
Continuation for:
Fuse box support (version 1): wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Press the retaining clip -arrow- and tilt the positive battery pole

h re
hole

cover -1- on Battery - A- .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
autho
Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 e o➤ ,
SpaceFox 2011 ➤
ra
ss Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
– Loosen the securing nut -1- and remove the positive cable

itte

y li
terminal -2- from the fuse box.

erm

ab
ility
ot p
– Loosen the securing nut -3- and remove the positive cable

wit
is n
terminal -4- from the Battery - A- .

h re
ole,

spec
Fuse box support (version 2): urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
– Press the retaining clips -arrows- and tilt the positive battery
mer

pole cover -1- on Battery - A- .

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen the securing nut -1- and remove the positive cable
terminal -2- from the fuse box.
– Loosen the securing nut -3- and remove the positive cable
terminal -4- from the Battery - A- .
Fuse box support (version 3):

– Press the retaining clips -arrows- and tilt the Battery - A- pos‐
itive pole cover -1- upwards.

1. Battery 3
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Fox 2010 rise ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤ ante
d b ar
Electrical
au
tho
system - Edition 12.2016 eo
ra
ss c

ce
le
– Loosen securing nut -1- from positive wire -2-.
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Loosen fuse box support fastening locks, removing them

y li
rm

ab
along with the positive cable -2-.
pe

ility
ot

wit
Fuse box support (version 4):
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Press the retaining clip -arrow- and tilt the positive Battery - A-
n

t.
yi Co
pole cover to the right. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the fastening nut -arrow-.

4 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen the locks towards the -arrows- support.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
– Loosen the tightening nut -arrow- and remove positive cable
pole terminal (positive pole).

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
1.1.2 Connect
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution

Please observe the notes on the Battery - A- terminal securing

bolt⇒ General information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator,
battery .

Note

♦ The poles of Battery - A- should not be lubricated.

♦ Connect the Battery - A- pole terminals manually, without forc‐
ing them, in order to prevent damages to the Battery - A-
housing.
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.
♦ Before carrying out measurements, check the external condi‐
tions and the connections of the Battery - A- .

1. Battery 5
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Fit the positive wire terminal to the positive Battery - A- pole

and tighten the fastening nut -arrow- to the specified tightening
torque ⇒ page 10 .

– Insert the earth strap terminal into the negative pole of the
Battery - A- and tighten the fastening nut -arrow- to the speci‐
fied tightening torque ⇒ page 10 .

WARNING

The terminal must be positioned in a 25º angle, in order to avoid

tensioning the negative cable.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
WARNING

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
If the terminals are not firmly secured to the Battery - A- , poles,
rm

ab
the terminal connected to the negative pole of the Battery - A-
pe

ility
must be disconnected first, to avoid risk of accidents.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

1.2 Battery -A- - remove and install

nform
ercia

Note
m

a
com

tion in

To remove the Battery - A- , it is not necessary to disassemble

r
te o

thi

the fuse box, just move it aside, respecting the cable clearance.
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

1.2.1 Removal
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
key from ignition. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 . Prote AG.

– Remove and move the fuse box away until there is enough
space to remove its support (different versions).

6 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
by
Vol not
gu Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
d ara
rise nte Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
tho eo
au ra
c
Continuation for: ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Fuse box support (version 1):

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Release the retaining clips -arrows- and remove the fuse box

ility
ot p

carrier -1- from Battery - A- console-2-.

wit
, is n

h re
Fuse box support (version 2):
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Release the retaining clips -arrows- and remove the fuse box
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
carrier -1- from Battery - A- console-2-.
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Fuse box support (version 3):

1. Battery 7
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Release the retaining clips -arrows- and remove the fuse box
carrier -1- from Battery - A- console-2-.
Fuse box support (version 4):

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Unlock the locks -arrows- and remove the fuse
utho holder support eo
ra
Battery - A- . ss a c

ce
e
nl

Continuation:

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
te

– Remove the securing bolt -arrow- and the fastening plate of

a

do
riv

the Battery - A- .
p

cum
for

en
ng

– Remove the Battery - A- from its housing.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2.2 Installation
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

8 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Install the Battery - A- so that the Battery - A- base frame fits

below the support projections -arrows- of the Battery - A- tray.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
The Battery - A- will be correctly positioned when the central

ce
e
nl

pt
du

groove of its base is aligned with the hole on the Battery - A-

an
itte

y li
-arrows-.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Note

h re
hole

spec
♦ For Batteries - A- with flexible tube for central degassing,
es, in part or in w

t to the co
please make sure that the flexible tube is not disconnected.
This is the only way the Battery - A- can be freely degassed.
♦ With Batteries - A- without flexible tube for central degassing,

rrectness of i
please make sure the opening on the upper cover section is
l purpos

not clogged.

nform
ercia

– Install the support and fastening screw -arrow- of the Battery

- A- .
m

at
om

ion
c

– Tighten fastening screw -arrow- with torque of ⇒ page 10 .

in t
or

his
ate

– Install support and fuse box.

do
priv

cum
or

– Connect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– After installation, check the correct Battery - A- fastening. If the C py
t. rig
Battery - A- is not correctly fastening, the following may hap‐ gh ht
yri by
pen: cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• The Battery - A- service life may be reduced due to vibration.
• Damages to the Battery - A- casing.
• Safety issues in case of collision.

1.3 Battery -A- Console - remove and install

1.3.1 Battery - A- console for vehicles with

1.6-litre engine - remove and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect and remove Battery - A- ⇒ page 2 .
– Remove air filter ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 24 ; Fuel system .

1. Battery 9
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen securing nuts -1- and the securing bolt -2- from the
Battery - A- console-3-.
– Remove the flexible rubber draining tube from the lower part
of the Battery - A- .
– Remove the Battery - A- -3- console from is housing.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
Volkswagen AG
– Tighten the fastening nuts -1- and the fastening bolt -2- to tor‐ wage
n AG. does
que of ⇒ page 10 . Volks not
gu
by d ara
se nte
– Remove the flexible rubber draining tube from the lowerthopart
ri eo
of the Battery - A- in its console. ss
au ra
c

ce
e
– Connect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1.3.2 Battery - A- console for vehicles with 1.0

ility
ot p

litre engine - remove and install

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Removal:

spec
es, in part or in w

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the

t to the co
key from ignition.
– Disconnect and remove Battery - A- ⇒ page 2 .

rrectness of i
– Loosen securing nuts -1- and the securing bolt -2- from the
l purpos

Battery - A- console-3-.
– Remove the flexible rubber draining tube from the lower part

nf
ercia

of the Battery - A- .

orm
m

atio
– Remove the Battery - A- -3- console from is housing.
om

n in
or c

thi
e

Installation:
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
o

m
f

en
ng

observing the following:

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Tighten the fastening nuts -1- and the fastening bolt -2- to tor‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
que of ⇒ page 10 . p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the flexible rubber draining tube from the lower part Prote AG.
of the Battery - A- in its console.
– Connect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

1.4 Tightening torques - Battery

Location Tightening torques
Terminals to battery poles 6 ± 1 Nm
Auxiliary terminal to battery pole terminal (fuse box - version 1 and 2) 6 ± 1 Nm
Auxiliary terminal to battery pole terminal (fuse box - version 3) 9 ± 1 Nm
Battery console fastening bolts and nuts 16 ± 2 Nm
Fastening bolt of the battery support 16 ± 1 Nm

10 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

2 Starter

WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw n
Before carrying by V out any work in the electricalotsystem,
o gu
ara it is nec‐
essary oto ris disconnect the earth wire of the Battery
ed
nte - A-
⇒ pageauth 1 . eo
r ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

h re
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are

t to the co
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).

rrectness of i
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
l purpos

dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions

for use.

nf
ercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required orm

m

atio
m

♦ Torque wrench - 5 to 50 Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1331-

o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Torque wrench - 40 to 200Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1332-

2.1 Starter -B- - remove and install

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Put the vehicle on a lift in order to make the operation easier.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

2. Starter 11
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the lower engine noise insulation, if necessary ⇒

General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body - Front sec‐
tion .
– Remove securing nut-3- below the Starter - B- and remove the
cable bracket -1-.
– Remove fastening bolt -2- from the Starter - B- .
I-Motion Vehicles:
– Remove the battery console ⇒ page 9 .
Vehicles with manual gearbox:
– Remove gearbox selector lever ⇒ Clutch and transmission;
Rep. gr. 34 ; Drive, case .
Continued for all versions:

– Disconnect the terminal (50) -1- from the Starter - B- .

– Remove the plastic cover -2- and remove the positive wire
-3- from the magnetic switch.
– Remove the hexagonal nut -5-.
– Remove earth strap -4- and loosen the hexagonal screw.
– Remove the Starter - B- .

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse
en Asequence
G. Volkswageto
n Athat
G do of removal,
observing the following: Volkswag es n
ot
y gu
db a
– Tighten the Starter
or
ise - B- fastening nuts to the specified torque
ran
tee
⇒ page 28 . auth or
a
ss c
ce
le

2.2 Starter -B- (Manufacturer Valeo) - disassemble and assemble

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Starter - B-
❑ Remove and install agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ page 11 . olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
2 - Lever horis nte
eo
aut ra
3 - Mobile core ss c

ce
le
un

pt
4 - Magnetic switch

an
d
itte

y li
❑ Remove and install

rm

ab
⇒ page 13 .

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n
5 - Hexagonal nut

h re
hole
❑ 9.5 Nm.

spec
es, in part or in w

6 - Starter - B- lid

t to the co
7 - Bolt
❑ 3.3 Nm.

rrectness of i
8 - Bolt
l purpos

❑ 6.4 Nm.

nform
ercia

9 - Brush holder
m

a
10 - Coil (Polar case)
com

tion in
11 - Gearing pinion and arma‐
r
te o

thi
ture assembly

s
iva

do
r
rp

c
❑ Remove and install

um
fo

⇒ page 14 .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
12 - Drive bearing
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
13 - Bolt
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
❑ Used to fasten the mag‐
Prote AG.

netic wrench.
❑ 3.75 Nm.

2.2.1 Magnetic switch - remove and install

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 .
– Loosen the fastening nut -arrow- and disconnect the brush
cable.

2. Starter 13
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the fastening screws -arrows- for the magnetic key.

Note

Use a good quality wrench. If removal is difficult, hit the screw

heads sharply a few times with a pointed punch.

– Remove the magnetic switch.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Install the spring and magnetic switch,
agen
AG.and
Volksfasten
wagen Athe
G domag‐
netic switch screws to (3.75VoNm).
lksw es n
ot g
b ara y u
ed
– Connect the brush cable oris by fastening it with the nut tightened ntee
to (9.5 Nm). au
th or
ac
ss
– Install the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2.2.2 Armature and gearing pinion - remove
erm

ab
ility
ot p

and install

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Special tools and workshop equipment required

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Pressure pipe - VW 420-

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Removal:
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
t. rig
gh ht
yri
key from ignition.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
Prote AG.

– Remove the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 .

– Remove the magnetic switch ⇒ page 13 .
– Loosen fastening screws -arrows- from the rear cover of the
shaft end.
– Remove lock washer, flat washer, and sealing ring.

14 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove fastening screws for the polar case cover cap

-arrows- and remove the cover.

– Using the Pressure tube - VW 420- as a guide, slide the brush

holder -arrow- and remove it from the armature.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Note lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
Handle carefully, because the springsuthmay jump out of the brush
o
or
holder. ss
a ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Remove the polar case by pulling it out.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Please be very careful with your fingers, as the armature is

spec
es, in part or in w

strongly pulled by the magnets.

t to the co
– Remove the armature and gearing pinion.

rrectness of i
Installation:
l purpos

– Fit the armature -arrow- to the activation bearing, together with

nf
ercia

the operating rod and rubber stop.

orm
m

– Fit the polar case.

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd

Note
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en

Please be very careful with your fingers, as the armature is

ng

t.
yi Co
strongly pulled by the magnets. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fit the brush holder using the Pressure tube - VW 420- and
slide it toward the rotor -arrow-, then remove the tool.

2. Starter 15
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Install rear cover, paying attention to the correct position of tab

and the cover screw holes.
– Place cable seal rubber on the case cover -1-.
– Fit seal -4-, plain washer -3- and circlip -2- on armature shaft.

Note

If you are unable to easily fit the circlip, pull the shaft a little out‐
wards.

– Install the rear axle end cover and tighten the screws
-arrows- to a (3.3-Nm) torque.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
– Install the fastening screws -arrows- of the polar case cover
au ac
cap by applying a (6.4-Nm) torque. ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Install the magnetic switch ⇒ page 13 .

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Install the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

2.3 Starter -B- (Manufacturer Bosch) - disassemble and assemble

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Starter - B-
❑ Remove and Install
⇒ page 11 .
2 - Magnetic switch
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 17 .
3 - Hexagonal nut
❑ 8 Nm.
4 - Operating rod
5 - Rubber striker
6 - Gearing pinion
❑ Remove and install
(Fastened on armature
shaft) ⇒ page 21 .
7 - Armature
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 19 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 2 units agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ 2 Nm. by
Vo gu
ara
ed
is nte
9 - Shaft cover (armature) ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
10 - Bolt s

ce
le
un

pt
❑ 2 units

an
d
itte

y li
❑ 6 Nm.
rm

ab
pe

ility
11 - Starter - B- lid
ot

wit
, is n

12 - Brush holder h re
hole

spec
13 - Coil (Polar case)
es, in part or in w

t to the co

14 - Circlip and capsule

15 - Drive bearing
rrectness of i

16 - Repair set (metal cover, bearing bushing, sealing ring)

l purpos

17 - Bolt
❑ Used to fasten the magnetic wrench.
nform
ercia

❑ 7 Nm.
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

2.3.1 Magnetic switch - remove and install

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

Removal:
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
C py
t. rig
gh
key from ignition.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 .

2. Starter 17
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove fastening nut -arrow- and disconnect the brush cable.

– Remove the fastening screws -arrows- for the magnetic key.

Note

Please use a good quality cross-slotted screwdriver. If removal is

difficult, hit the screw heads sharply a few times with a pointed
punch.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
– Remove the magnetic switch. olks es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
– Remove the spring and the rod operating plunger -arrow-.
du

an
itte

y li
erm

Installation: ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Install plunger onto operating rod. h re

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Install the spring and the magnetic switch and tighten fasten‐
ing screws -arrows- with 7-Nm torque.
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

18 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Connect the brush cable and tighten fastening nut -arrow- with
8-Nm torque.
– Install the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 .

2.3.2 Armature - remove and install

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Device - VW 463/4- .

♦ Torque wrench 2 to 10 Nm - VAG 1783- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Removal:
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
rrectness of i

– Remove the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 .

l purpos

– Remove the magnetic switch ⇒ page 13 .

nf
ercia

– Remove shaft end rear cover, circlip, plain washer, and seal‐
orm

ing ring.
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
19
AG.
2. Starter
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the fastening screws -arrows- from the polar case

cover cap. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Using the Device - VW 463/4- as a guide, slide the brush hold‐
er -arrow- and remove it from the armature.

rrectne
– Remove the armature from the polar case by pulling it.

ss
Note

o
cial p

f inform
mer

Please be very careful with your fingers, as the armature is

atio
strongly pulled by the magnets.
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the rubber buffer -arrow-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installation: cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the armature in the activation bearing and in the polar
case.

– Fit the armature -arrow- to the activation bearing, together with

the operating rod and rubber buffer.

Note

Please be very careful with your fingers, as the armature is

strongly pulled by the magnets.

20 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Fit the brush holder -arrow- using the Device - VW 463/4- ,

sliding it toward the rotor, and then removing the tool.

– Place the housing cable seal rubber -1-.

– Install rear cover, paying attention to the correct position of tab
and the cover screw holes. AG. Volkswagen A gen G do
swa es n
– Fit seal -4-, plain washer -3- and circlip -2- on armature
by
Vol
k
shaft. ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
Note ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

If you are unable to easily fit the circlip, pull the shaft a little out‐

an
itte

y li
wards.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– Install rear axle end cover -1- and tighten the screws with a (2-
es, in part or in w

Nm) torque.

t to the co
– Install and tighten fastening screws -2- of the polar case cover
cap by applying a (6-Nm) torque.

rrectness of i
– Install the magnetic switch ⇒ page 17 .
l purpos

– Install the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 .

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

2.3.3 Gear pinion (Fixed on the armature

p

cum
for

en
g

shaft) - remove and install

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Special tools and workshop equipment required
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Assembly device - EQ-7331/1-

♦ Assembly tool - EQ-7331/2-
♦ Lock puller - EQ-7331/3-

2. Starter 21
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

♦ Pressing tool - EQ-7331/4-

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the Starter - B- ⇒ page 11 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Remove the armature ⇒ page 19 . by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
WARNING aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
When setting the armature on the vise, please be careful not

an
d
itte

to damage the magnets. Should any damage occur, the arma‐

y li
rm

ab
ture must be replaced.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove metallic cover -arrow- with the Assembly device -
hole

spec
EQ-7331/1- .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

– Lower the fastening capsule of the circlip by using a tube with

r
rp

cum

diameter (13 mm)-arrow-, tapping slightly on the tube with a

fo

en
g

rubber or wooden hammer until displacing the capsule from

n

t.
yi Co
op
the circlip. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Use pliers or a screwdriver to remove the circlip and capsule
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
from the armature shaft. Prote
cted AG.
agen

22 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the gearing pinion -arrow - from the armature shaft.

Installation:

WARNING

Whenever the gearing pinion is being repaired, please replace

the components below: metallic cover, snap ring and capsule.

– Secure slightly the armature on the vise.

WARNING

When setting the armature on the vise, please be careful not

to damage the magnets. Should any damage occur, the arma‐
ture must be replaced.

– Install the gearing pinion in the armature shaft.

– Fit the buffer capsule on the armature shaft.

Note

Observe that the buffer capsule has an assembling side.

en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
– Mount the circlip on shaft. ed
b ara
nte
oris eo
th
au ra
– Fit the circlip on the shaft notch - byssusing the Lock puller c
EQ-7331/3- and tapping slightly with a hammer towards

ce
e
nl

pt
du

-arrow-.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Mount the Assembly tool - EQ-7331/2- on the gearing pinion

and secure the assembly on the vise.
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Starter 23
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– To encapsulate the circlip to the fastening capsule, use the

Lock puller - EQ-7331/3- -3- and tap slightly with a hammer
towards -arrow- until fitting.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Install the metallic cover-arrow-. by Vo gu
ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Use the Assembly device - EQ-7331/1- -1- to drive the metallic

rrectness of i
cover on the gearing pinion.
l purpos

– Install the armature ⇒ page 19 .

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by

2.3.4 Bearing Bushing - remove and install

co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

24 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Special tools and workshop

equipment required

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Plate - VW 401-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Pressure pin - VW 407-
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Pressure pin - VW 411-
♦ Pressure disc - VW 412-
♦ Pressure base - VW 432-
♦ Base - VW 295A-

2. Starter 25
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Pressing tool - EQ-7331/4-
l purpos

Bearing bushing removal:

– Support the case on Plate - VW 401- and remove the bearing
nform
ercia

bushing with the circlip.

m

at
om

Bearing bushing installation:

on
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the bushing on case to the stop, by using the Pressure

pin - VW 407- .
Sealing ring installation:
– Fit sealing ring on case.

26 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Support case on the Plate - VW 401- and re-drive by using the

Pressing tool - EQ-7331/4- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

2.4 Fox Bluemotion 3-cylinder EA211 engine starter motor - remove and install

t to the co
1 - Starter - B-

rrectness of i
❑ Remove and Install.
l purpos

⇒ page 27
2 - Positive battery cable con‐

nf
ercia

nector

orm
m

atio
3 - Cable fastening nut
om

n in
c

❑ M8
or

thi
te

❑ 15 Nm
sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
4 - Protection cap
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
5 - Starter fastening screws Cop py
t. rig
gh
❑ M10 x 55
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
❑ 40 Nm Prote
cted AG.
agen

2.4.1 Fox Bluemotion 3-cylinder EA211 en‐

gine starter motor - remove and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.

2. Starter 27
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox
gen AG
. Volk2011 ➤AG do
swagen
swa es n
Electrical system - Edition
y Volk 12.2016 ot g
u b ara
ed nte
ris
– Disconnect the Battery
au
th - A- ⇒
o
page 1 . e or
ac
ss
– Remove the plastic cover -2- and remove the positive cable

ce
e
nl
-1- from the magnetic interrupter and disconnect the termi‐

pt
du

an
itte
nal-3- from the Starter - B- .

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Release the fastening screws-arrows- and remove the Starter

nf
ercia

- B- -1-.

orm
m

atio
m

Installation:
o

n in
or c

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

thi
te

sd
a

observing the following:

iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
– Tighten the Starter - B- fastening nuts to the specified torque
f

en
ng

t.
⇒ page 28 .
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.5 Tightening torques - Starter

Location Tightening torques
Starter to transmission M12 80 Nm
Starter to transmission M10 40 Nm
Earth strap M8 15 Nm
Cable support M8 15 Nm
positive wire to electromagnetic switch M8 15 Nm

28 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3 Alternator

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ Check Generator (Alternator) - C- : ⇒ Manual "Current flow
diagram", Troubleshooting in the Electrical System and Instal‐
lation Locations .
♦ When the Battery - A- , earthswstrap
agen is reconnected, dcheck ve‐
AG. V agen AGolksw
oes
hicle equipment (radio, bclock,
yV
olk
central locking, electric win‐
not
gu
dows, etc.) according riseto
d the repair manual and/or instructions ara
nte
for use. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
e

3.1 Generator (Alternator) -C- - cable fas‐

nl

pt
du

an
itte

tening (B+)
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Caution
h re
hole

spec
If the (B+) cable is not tightened to the torque specified, the
es, in part or in w

t to the co
following hazards may occur:
• The Battery - A- does not fully charge.
rrectness of i

• Total collapse of the vehicle electrical/electronic system

(car damaged).
l purpos

• Fire hazard due to production of sparks.

nf
ercia

• Failures due to excessive charge in electronic compo‐

orm

nents and control units.

m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
e

Observe the tightening torque for the fastening nut -arrow- on ca‐
t

sd
iva

ble (B+) ⇒ page 41 .

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Alternator 29
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3.2 Generator (Alternator) -C- - check Poly-

V belt

Note

If failures are detected, the Poly-V belt must be replaced to pre‐

vent operation failures or anomalies.

– Turn engine manually using the crankshaft pulley -arrow-.

– With the vehicle raised, check Poly-V belt -1- for:
♦ Cracks in the lower section (slots, central fractures, transver‐
sal fractures)
♦ Layer separation (cover layer, cords)
♦ Fissure on lower section
♦ Fraying of cord strands
G. Volkswage
♦ Worn sides (material wearing, frayed
lksw
sides,
agen A side hardening
n AG d
oes-
not
glassy sides), surface cracks.by Vo gu
a d ran
ise
♦ Contact with oil and grease.
ut
ho
r tee
or
a ac
ss

ce
e

3.3 Generator (Alternator) -C- for 1.0 and 1.6 liter engines - assembly overview
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Vehicles with air conditioning:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

30 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Mounting bracket
❑ For vehicles with air
conditioning. . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
2 - Voltage regulator - C1- y Volk not
gu
db ara
❑ (Bosch) - disassemble oris e nte
eo
and assemble aut
h
ra
⇒ page 38 . ss c

ce
le
un
❑ (Valeo) - disassemble

pt
an
d

and assemble
itte

y li
erm

⇒ page 39 .

ab
ility
ot p

3 - Protection cap

wit
is n

h re
ole,

4 - Generator (Alternator) - C-

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Remove and install

t to the co
⇒ page 32 .
❑ Check (B+) cable con‐
nection ⇒ page 29 .

rrectne
❑ Replace the Poly-V belt
pulley ⇒ page 36 .

ss o
5 - Poly-V belt (elastic)
cial p

f inform
❑ Remove and install ⇒
mer

Engine; Rep. gr. 13 ;

atio
m

Crankshaft, pistons
o

n
c

i
or

n
❑ Check the Poly-V belt

thi
te

sd
a

⇒ page 30 .
iv

o
pr

cum
❑ Poly-V belt run ⇒ En‐
r
fo

en
ng

gine; Rep. gr. 13 ;

t.
yi Co
op
Crankshaft, pistons . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
6 - Bolts
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
❑ 23 Nm.
agen
Prote AG.

7 - Idler roller
❑ 45 Nm.

Vehicles without air conditioning:

3. Alternator 31
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Mounting bracket
❑ For vehicles without air
conditioning.
2 - Voltage regulator - C1-
❑ (Bosch) - disassemble
and assemble
⇒ page 38 .
❑ (Valeo) - disassemble
and assemble
⇒ page 39 .
3 - Protection cap
4 - Generator (Alternator) - C-
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 32 .
❑ Check (B+) cable con‐
nection ⇒ page 29 .
❑ Replace the Poly-V belt
pulley ⇒ page 36 .
5 - Poly-V belt (elastic)
❑ Remove and install ⇒
Engine; Rep. gr. 13 ;
Crankshaft, pistons
❑ Check the Poly-V belt
⇒ page 30 .
❑ Poly-V belt run ⇒ En‐
gine; Rep. gr. 13 ;
Crankshaft, pistons .
6 - Bolts
❑ 23 Nm. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
7 - Idler roller byV
o gu
ara
ed
❑ 45 Nm. horis nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

3.3.1 Generator (Alternator) - C- for 1.0 and

itte

y li
erm

ab

1.6-liter engines - remove and install

ility
ot p

wit
is n

Special tools and workshop equipment required

h re
ole,

spec

♦ Torque wrench - 5 to 50 Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1331-

urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

♦ Support bracket - 10-222A-

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Claws - 10-222 A/1- C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

32 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

♦ Lifting eyelets, replacement part number: Support - 030 103

390 F- pulley side

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation, if any⇒ General
body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Body - Front section .
– Remove wheel case cover (right side) ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; External equipment .
– Mark the direction of movement of the Poly-V belt (elastic).
. Volkswagen AG
– Remove Poly-V (elastic) belt⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. w13
age;n Crank‐
AG does
shafts, pistons . Volks not
gu
by d ara
ise nte
– Disengage connector -1- and removethoprotective
r
cover eo
-arrow-. ss au ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

– Loosen fastening nut -arrow- on cable (B+) and remove the

cable.
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Alternator 33
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen the securing nut -arrow- from the Generator (Alterna‐

tor) - C- cable support.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
– Loosen the fastening by V screw -arrow- on the compensation
ol ot g
ua res‐
ervoir. ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
– au compensation reservoir from its support to facili‐
Removessthe ac
tate access to the return pulley.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
WARNING
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Please move the compensation reservoir and support it care‐
is n

h re
fully.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove the pulley from the power steering pump ⇒ Chassis, t to the co
axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering .
rrectne

Continuation for:
Vehicles without air conditioning:
ss o
cial p

f in

– Loosen fastening screw -arrow- from idler roller, and remove

form
mer

the pulley.
atio
m

– Loosen securing bolts -1- and -2- of the Generator (Alternator)

o

n
c

i
or

- C- .
thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Note
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
For the CrossFox models, it is necessary to raise the engine as‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
sembly (approximately 5 to 10 mm) to facilitate the removal of the
p by
co Vo
by lksw
top fastening bolt -1- of the Generator (Alternator) - C- . Prote
cted AG.
agen

WARNING

Do not loosen screws on the powertrain support.

– Place the Supporting device - 10-222A- with the Claws -

10-222 A/1- and support the engine in position.

34 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Raise the assembly by the right side (approx. 5 to 10 mm) to

release the upper fastening bolt -1- of the Generator (Alterna‐
tor) - C- .
– Remove the Alternator - C- .
Vehicles with air conditioning:
– Remove the Poly-V (elastic) belt from the air conditioning
compressor ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13 ; Crankshaft, pistons .
– Remove the air conditioning compressor from its support ⇒
Heating, air conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Heating to clear the
space for the passage of the Generator (Alternator) - C- .

WARNING

The refrigerant gas circuit should not be opened.

Pay attention so that the flexible refrigerant hoses
wage
n AG. Vfrom
olkswathe
gen AG
does
compressor are not pulled tight, mounting y Vo the compressor to
lks not
gu
the body with an adequate alternative
ris
ed b
mean, such as, for ex‐ ara
nte
ample, a wire. utho eo
r
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Loosen the fastening screw -arrow- and remove return pulley.

y li
rm

ab
pe

– Loosen securing bolts -1- and -2- of the Generator (Alternator)

ility
ot

- C- .

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Remove the Generator (Alternator) - C- .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

rrectness of i
– First, place Poly-V belt on the crankshaft pulley, and then on
l purpos

the tensioning pulley, as indicated on the belt run ⇒ Engine;

Rep. gr. 13 ; Crankshaft, pistons . nform
ercia

– Tighten the fastening nuts and screws to the specified tight‐

m

ening torque ⇒ page 41 .

com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

Note
do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

After installation, start the engine and check the belt motion.
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
3.3.2 Generator (Alternator) - C- for EA 211
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
1.0 (Bluemotion) engines - remove and
AG.

install
Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Alternator 35
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

♦ Torque wrench - 5 to 50 Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1331-

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove Poly-V (elastic) belt⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13 ; Crank‐
shafts, pistons .
– Remove the fastening nuts -arrows- . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Pull the alternator away -1- considering the lengths ofisecon‐
d b ua
ran
nected cables thor tee
or
au ac
s
– Disengage connector -4- and remove protective cover -2-.
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Loosen fastening nut -2- on cable (B+) and remove the cable.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove the Generator (Alternator) - C- from over the vehicle.

ility
ot p

Installation:

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

spec
observing the following:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
Lead threaded bearings -A- around 4mm in the direction of the
arrows to facilitate installation.
l purpos

– First, place Poly-V belt on the crankshaft pulley, and then on

the tensioning pulley, as indicated on the belt run ⇒ Engine; nform
ercia

Rep. gr. 13 ; Crankshaft, pistons .

m

at
om

– Tighten the fastening nuts and screws to the specified tight‐

ion
c

ening torque ⇒ page 41 .

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

Note
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
After installation, start the engine and check the belt motion.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
3.4 Generator (Alternator) -C- - replace the Poly-V belt pulley
AG.

36 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Special tools and workshop

equipment required

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Adapter socket - 3310- .

♦ Multi-tooth adapter - 3400- .
♦ Torque wrench - 40 to 200Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1332- .
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Remove the Generator (Alternator) - C- ⇒ page 29 .
– Install the Generator (Alternator) - C- by its mounting points in
a bench vise.

3. Alternator 37
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Release the fastening nut from the Poly-V belt pulley without
freewheel unit with the Adapter socket - 3310- , or the Multi-
teeth adapter - 3400- for Poly-V belt pulley with freewheel unit.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten the fastening nut with the specified torque
⇒ page 41 .

3.5 Voltage regulator -C1- (Manufacturer

Bosch) - disassemble and assemble
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench 2 to 10 Nm - VAG 1783-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
3.5.1 Voltage regulator - C1- - (version 1)
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Disassembly:
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
y li
rm

ab

key from ignition.

pe

ility
ot

– Remove the Generator (Alternator) - C- ⇒ page 29 .

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Carefully remove protection cover by disengaging it with a

spec

screwdriver.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

38 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen the fastening screws -arrows- on the Voltage regulator

- C1- .
– Remove the Voltage regulator - C1- .

Assembly:
Assembly is performed in the reverse order to disassembly, ob‐
serving the following:
– Tighten the securing nuts and bolts to the specified tightening
torque ⇒ page 41 .

3.5.2 Voltage regulator - C1- - (version 2)

Disassembly:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Remove the Generator (Alternator)
olksw
- C- ⇒ page 29 .
AG. V agen AG
agen do
– Release the fastening
olks nuts -arrows A- and the
w es n
fastening
ot g screw
yV
-arrow B- from
se
d b the protection cover and remove it.
ua
ran
ri tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Loosen the fastening screws -arrows- on the Voltage regulator

rrectness of i

- C1- .
l purpos

– Remove the Voltage regulator - C1- .

Assembly:
nform
ercia

Assembly is performed in the reverse order to disassembly, ob‐

m

a
com

ti

serving the following:

on in
r
te o

thi

– Tighten the securing nuts and bolts to the specified tightening

s
iva

torque ⇒ page 41 .
do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
3.6 Voltage regulator -C1- (Manufacturer
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Valeo) - disassemble and assemble
cted agen
Prote AG.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Alternator 39
 . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014V➤ olks, SpaceFox 2011 ➤
wa not
y gu
Electrical system -isEdition
ed b 12.2016 ara
nte
r
ho eo
ut ra
♦ Torque wrench 2 toss 10 Nm
a
- VAG 1783- c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

3.6.1 Disassembly

nf
ercia

o
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the

rm
m

key from ignition.

atio
om

n in
c

– Remove the Generator (Alternator) - C- ⇒ page 29 .

or

thi
te

sd
a

– Release the fastening bolts -arrows- and remove the protec‐

iv

o
r
rp

cu
tion cover.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen the fastening screws -arrows- on the Voltage regulator

- C1- .
– Remove the Voltage regulator - C1- .

3.6.2 Assembly
Assembly is performed in the reverse order to disassembly, ob‐
serving the following:

40 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Release the locks -arrows- and remove the protection cover

from the Voltage regulator - C1- .
– Insert the carbon brushes in the Voltage regulator - C1- and
assemble on the Generator (Alternator) - C- .
– Tighten the fastening screws to the specified torque
⇒ page 41 .

– Push the protection cover into the guide rails -arrows- until fit‐
ting.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

3.7 Tightening torques - Alternator h re

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Location Tightening torques

t to the co

Cable (B+) to alternator M8 15 Nm

Cable support to alternator M5 4.5 Nm
rrectne

Alternator's voltage regulator (Bosch, Valeo) M4 2 Nm

Protection cover to alternator (Bosch) M5 4.5 Nm
ss o
cial p

Poly-V belt pulley with freewheel unit to alternator M10 80 Nm

f inform

Idler roller M10 45 Nm

mer

atio
m

Poly-V belt pulley without freewheel unit to alternator M10 65 Nm

o

n
c

i
or

Compensation reservoir M6 10 Nm
thi
te

sd
a

Alternator to compact support M8 23 Nm

iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Alternator 41
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
90 – Gauges, instruments
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du
1 Combined instrument

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
General description:

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
The Combined instrument - K- has the following components:

h re
hole

spec
♦ Control unit with indicator in the combined instrument - J285- .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Immobilizer control unit - J362-
♦ Speedometer - G21- .

rrectness of i
♦ Tachometer - G5- .
l purpos

♦ Fuel level indicator - G1-

♦ Coolant temperature indicator - G3- .

nf
ercia

or
♦ Multi-function indicator.

m
m

atio
om

♦ Control light symbols ⇒ page 48 .

n in
or c

thi
e

All the light displays are equipped with light emitting diodes
t

sd
iva

(LEDs). No repair work is expected for the Combined instrument

o
r
rp

cu
- K- . If necessary, replace the entire Combined instrument - K-
o

m
f

en
ng

⇒ page 43 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
1.1 Locating defects and indicating faults
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
The Combined instrument - K- is equipped with a self-diagnosis
agen
Prote AG.
function.
To localize faults, you must use the Vehicle diagnosis system and
technical information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment.
Diagnostic testing and information system - VAS 6150-

Wireless diagnostic connector - VAS 5054A-

42 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis and technical information sys‐

tem - VAS 5052A- or later equipment ⇒ General Information;
Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and wire harnesses in the 16-pin diag‐
nose connector - T16- -arrow-.
– Turn the ignition on.
– Turn off all electrical equipment.
– Continue by selecting the desired
agen functions ⇒ Vehicle
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes diag‐
nostic tester. olksw not
yV gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
1.2 Combined instrument -K- - replace
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

WARNING

h re
hole

spec
When replacing the Combined instrument - K- , refer to the
es, in part or in w

previous unit data with the "Startline" vehicle diagnostics lap‐

t to the co
top" before removal, and transfer them to the new Combined
instrument - K- .

rrectness of i
Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐
essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
l purpos

⇒ page 1 .

nform
mercia

at
om

io
Note n
c

in t
or

his
te

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

a

do
riv

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .

p

cum
for

en
ng

♦ Before removing the Combined instrument - K- , follow the

t.
yi Co
op
notes and work instructions for troubleshooting.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐ cop Vo
by lksw
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Vehicle diagnosis system and technical information - VAS
5052A-
♦ Vehicle diagnosis system and technical information - VAS
6150-

1. Combined instrument 43
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o es n
ksw
Vol ot g
♦ Wireless diagnostic connector - VAS 5054A-
ed
by ua
ran
ris tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
The work sequence “Combined instrument - replace” includes the
following works:

ss
♦ When installing a new Combined instrument - K- it is neces‐

o
cial p

f i
sary to adjust the Combined instrument control unit with indi‐

nform
cator - J285- to the different equipment features and
mer

atio
corresponding variations relating to each country.
om

n
c

i
♦ To adapt the Immobilizer control unit - J362- to the Engine
or

n thi
e

control unit - J623- the data of the Engine control unit data -
t

sd
va

J623- must be memorized in the replacement Combined in‐

i

o
pr

cum
r

strument - K- .
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ After installing a new Combined instrument - K- , it is neces‐ Cop py
. rig
sary to adapt all keys of the vehicle.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
To adapt, you must use the Vehicle diagnosis and technical in‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
formation system - VAS 5052A- or later equipment.
AG.

– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis and technical information sys‐

tem - VAS 5052A- or later equipment ⇒ General Information;
Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and wire harnesses in the 16-pin diag‐
nose connector - T16- -arrow-.
– Turn the ignition on.
– Turn off all electrical equipment.
– Continue by selecting the desired functions ⇒ Vehicle diag‐
nostic tester.

1.3 Combined instrument -K- - remove and

install

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

44 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ Before removing the Combined instrument - K- , pay attention
to the remarks and work instructions forentroubleshooting
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ page 43 . olks
wag oes
not
V gu
by ara
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth
ris strap is reconnected, check ve‐
ed nte
hicle equipment (radio,auclock,
tho central locking, electric win‐ eo
ra
dows, etc.) accordingsto the repair manual and/or instructions
s c
for use.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Special tools and workshop equipment required
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Torque wrench 2 to 10 Nm - VAG 1783-

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

Removal:
thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

Note
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
It is not necessary to remove the steering wheel. The steering
rig
gh ht
yri by
wheel is not shown in order to provide a clearer view. op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Position the steering wheel with adjustment device totally out‐
wards, and lock it to the lowest position (vehicle with steering
position adjustment).
– Carefully remove dashboard finishing -1- ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Internal equipment .

1. Combined instrument 45
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen the securing screws -2- from the Combined instrument

- K- -1-.
– Carefully disengage the Combined instrument - K- and dis‐
connect the connector.
– Remove the Combined instrument - K- .

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten the fastening bolt of the instrument cluster - - to a tor‐
que of (1.5-Nm).
– After installing, check the functions and perform the necessary
adjustments if the instrument cluster - K- was replaced
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
⇒ page 43 . olkswage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

1.4 Combined instrument -K- - description an

itte

y li
erm

of rear part ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Note
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

No repair work is expected for the Combined instrument - K- .

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

46 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Combined instrument - K-
2 - Alarm (sound warning)
3 - 10-pin connector
❑ connector occupation
⇒ page 47 .
4 - 32-pin connector
❑ connector occupation
⇒ page 47 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
1.5 Combined instrument -K- - pin assign‐
om

n
c

i
or

ment
thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

The Combined instrument's - - 32-pole and 10-pole connector

p

cum
r
fo

pinout is described in the electrical diagrams ⇒ Current flow dia‐

en
ng

t.
yi
grams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Combined instrument 47
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1.6 Combined instrument -K- - control light

symbols

1.6.1 MID Version

1 - Coolant temperature con‐

trol light - K43-
2 - Oil pressure control light -
K3-
3 - "E-gas" system failure indi‐
cator light - K132-
4 - Not used
5 - Brake system control light -
K118-
6 - Airbag control light - K75-
7 - ABS control light - K47-
8 - Warning light - exhaust
gases - K83-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ On-Board Diagnosis agen oes
olksw not
(OBD). ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
9 - Left turn indicators
au
tho control eo
ra
light - K65- ss c
ce
le
un

10 - Odometer - Y4-
pt
an
d
itte

y li

11 - Right turn indicators con‐

rm

ab
pe

trol light - K94-

ility
ot

wit
, is n

12 - Immobilizer control light -

h re
hole

K117-
spec
es, in part or in w

13 - Not used
t to the co

14 - High beam control light -

K1-
rrectness of i

15 - Rear window heating con‐

l purpos

trol light - K10-

16 - Not used
nform
ercia

17 - Control light for the

m

"SAFE" system in the central

com

tio

locking - K133-
n in
r
te o

thi

18 - Alternator control light - K2-

s
iva

do
r
rp

19 - Not used
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
20 - Fuel reserve control light - K16-
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

48 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oeElectrical system
- Edition 12.2016
olksw s no
t gu
byV a
ed ran
1.6.2 Version HIGH utho
ris tee
or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un
1 - "E-gas" system failure indi‐

pt
an
d
cator light - K132-

itte

y li
rm

ab
❑ Petrol engine vehicles
pe

ility
only. ot

wit
, is n

h re
2 - Not used
hole

spec
3 - Brake system control light -
es, in part or in w

t to the co
K118-
4 - Airbag control light - K75-

rrectness of i
5 - ABS control light - K47-
l purpos

6 - Warning light - exhaust

gases - K83-

nform
ercia

❑ On-Board Diagnosis
(OBD).
m

a
com

tio
7 - Left turn indicators control

n in
r
te o

light - K65-

thi
s
iva

do
8 - Display
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

9 - Right turn indicators control

n

t.
yi Co
light - K94- Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
10 - Immobilizer control light - py by
co Vo
lksw
K117-
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
11 - Not used
12 - High beam control light -
K1-
13 - Rear window heating con‐
trol light - K10-
14 - Not used
15 - Control light for the
"SAFE" system in the central
locking - K133-
16 - Alternator control light -
K2-
17 - Not used

1. Combined instrument 49
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

2 Service interval indication

swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
The electronic system for the service ed interval indicator interprets
by ara
nte
the data from a time counter andthotwo
ris distance counters, and in‐ eo
forms the user after a given time
s a interval has elapsed or a given
u ra
c
distance has been travelled. s

ce
e
nl

pt
du
2.1 Service interval indication - reset to zero

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Please refer to manual ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 22.1 .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

50 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3 12 Volt socket

3.1 12 volt socket w-U5-

agen - assembly dooverview
AG. gen AG Volkswa
es n
olks o t gu
yV
db ara
rise nte
o
1 - Centre consoleauth eo
ra
s c
❑ Remove and install ⇒ s

ce
le

General body repairs,

un

pt
an
d

interiors; Rep. gr. 68 ;

itte

y li
Internal equipment .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

2 - Tensioning bushing (with

wit
is n

lighting)

h re
ole,

spec
3 - 12 Volt socket - U5-
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 51 .
4 - Tensioning bushing (with‐

rrectne
out lighting)

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 12 volt socket -U5- - remove and install

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

3. 12 Volt socket 51
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ When the Battery - A- is reconnected, check the vehicle's
equipment (radio, clock, electric door locks, power windows,
etc.) according to the repair manual and/or use instructions.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Puller - T40148-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Removal: rised b ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
The tensioning bushing does not need to be removed for removal
erm

ab
of the 12 volt socket - U5- . For improved visualization, it is rep‐

ility
ot p

resented outside the instrument panel, without its tensioning

wit
is n

bushing.

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
WARNING

• Observe the correct insertion of the Extractor - T40148- in

rrectne
the 12 volt socket - U5- , otherwise the locks will not be
disengaged and there is a risk that it will be damaged.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

Note
atio
om

n
c

i
or

A Wedge - T40148/1- -2- for improved support in the removal of

thi
te

sd
a

the 12 volt socket - U5- .

iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

52 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Insert the Puller - T40148- according to -arrow- so that the pro‐

trusions -1- engage correctly in the notches -2- of the 12 volt
socket - U5- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

Disengage the 12 volt socket - U5- -1- from the tensioning bushing

ab
pe

ility
according to -arrow-.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

WARNING

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
• At the moment of removal of the 12 volt socket - U5- from
the instrument panel, observe the compression of the har‐
ness of the panel.

rrectness of i
l purpos

– Carefully remove the 12 volt socket - U5- from the dash panel
and disconnect the respective connector.

nform
mercia

a
– In order to remove the 12 volt socket - U5- -2- from the Puller
com

tio
- T40148- press it according to -arrow A- and then turn the

n in
r
te o

area -3- anti-clockwise according to -arrow B-, thus disengag‐

thi
s
ing the protrusions -1-.
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

Installation:
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
t. rig
gh ht
yri
observing the following: p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Assembly is carried out similarly for both versions of the tension‐

ing bushing.

– Observe the correct assembly position in the detail.

3. 12 Volt socket 53
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
3.3 Electric socket 2 - 12V -U18- (Fox/Crossfox)
olks- assembly overview
wa oes d
not
yV gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
1 - Luggage compartment side ss
au ac
trim

ce
e
nl

pt
du
❑ Remove and install ⇒

an
itte

y li
Body - Internal assem‐

erm

ab
bly works; Rep. gr. 70 ;

ility
ot p
Lining / insulation .

wit
, is n

h re
2 - Electrical socket 2 - 12V -

hole

spec
U18-

es, in part or in w
❑ Remove and install

t to the co
⇒ page 54 .
❑ Replace ⇒ page 55 .

rrectness of i
3 - Tensioning bushing
l purpos

4 - Nut
❑ Located at rear of lining.

nform
ercia

❑ 2 Nm.
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.4 Electric socket 2 - 12V -U18- (Fox/

Crossfox) - remove and install

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ When the Battery - A- is reconnected, check the vehicle's
equipment (radio, clock, electric door locks, power windows,
etc.) according to the repair manual and/or use instructions.

54 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
d by Fox 2010gu ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
ara
ise nte
thor Electrical
eo system - Edition 12.2016
au ra
ss c
Removal:

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
– Pull the side lining from the luggage compartment-3-.

itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove the connector from the Electrical socket 2 - 12V -

ility
ot p

U18- .

wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Remove the securing nut -1-.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove the Electric socket 2 - 12V - U18- -2- from the lateral

t to the co
lining of the baggage compartment -3-.

Installation:

rrectne
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

s
observing the following:

s o
cial p

f
– Install the Electrical socket 2 - 12V - U18- -2- in the lateral lining

inform
of the baggage compartment -3-, following the correct assem‐
mer

bly position in the detail.

atio
om

n
c

– Tighten the fastening nuts -1- to a torque of (2 Nm).

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3.5 Electric socket 2 - 12V -U18- - replace
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removal:
– Remove the Electrical socket 2 - 12 V - U18- ⇒ page 54 .

WARNING

• Observe the correct insertion of the Extractor - T40148- in

the Electrical socket 2 - 12V - U18- , otherwise the locks
will not be disengaged and there is a risk that it will be
damaged.

Note

A Wedge - T40148/1- -2- can be used for improved support in the

removal of the Electrical socket - 12 volt - U18- .

3. 12 Volt socket 55
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Insert the Puller - T40148- according to -arrow- so that the pro‐

trusions -1- engage correctly in the notches -2- of the Electrical
socket - 12 volt - U18- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Disengage the Electrical socket - 12 V - U18- -1- from the ten‐

wit
is n

sioning bushing according to -arrow-.

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
In order to remove the Electrical socket - 12 V - U18- -2- from the
or

n thi
e

Puller - T40148- press it according to -arrow A- and then turn the

t

sd
va

area -3- anti-clockwise according to -arrow B-, thus disengaging

i

o
pr

cum
r

the protrusions -1-.

fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Installation:
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
c by lksw
cted agen
observing the following: Prote AG.

– Observe the correct assembly position in the detail.

– Install the Electrical socket 2 - 12 V - U18- ⇒ page 54 .

56 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3.6 Electric socket 2 - 12V -U18- (Spacefox/Suran - version 1) - assembly over‐

view

1 - Electrical socket 2 - 12V -

U18-
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 57 .
2 - Tensioning bushing (with
lighting)
3 - Luggage compartment side
trim
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Remove and install ⇒ lksw
agen oes
not
Body - Internal assem‐ d byV
o gu
ara
bly works; Rep. gr. 70 ; orise nte
Lining / insulation . aut
h eo
ra
ss c
4 - Tensioning bushing (with‐

ce
e
nl

pt
out lighting)
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.7 Electric socket 2 - 12V -U18- (Spacefox/
Suran - version 1) - remove and install

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

3. 12 Volt socket 57
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
ksw
agen oes
n ol ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho or
Note ss
au ac

ce
e
nl

pt
♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request
du

an
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- . itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
♦ When the Battery - A- is reconnected, check the vehicle's
ot p

wit
equipment (radio, clock, electric door locks, power windows,
, is n

h re
etc.) according to the repair manual and/or use instructions.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Special tools and workshop equipment required

t to the co
♦ Puller - T40148-

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Removal: rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

The tensioning bushing does not need to be removed for removal

of the 2 - 12 volt socket - U18- . The socket is represented outside
the lining for better view.

WARNING

• Observe the correct insertion of the Extractor - T40148- in

the Electrical socket 2 - 12V - U18- , otherwise the locks
will not be disengaged and there is a risk that it will be
damaged.

Note

A Wedge - T40148/1- -2- can be used for improved support in the

removal of the Electrical socket - 12 volt - U18- .

58 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Insert the Puller - T40148- according to -arrow- so that the

protrusions -1- engage correctly in the notches -2- of the Elec‐
trical socket - 12 volt - U18- .

– Disengage the Electrical socket - 12 V - U18- -1- from the ten‐

sioning bushing according to -arrow-.

WARNING

• When removing the 2 volt socket - U18- from luggage

compartment side lining, observe the length of its harness.

– Remove the Electrical socket 2 - 12V - U18- cautiously from

luggage compartment side lining, and disconnect its connec‐
tor.

– In order to remove the Electrical socket - 12 V - U18- -2- from

the Puller - T40148- press it according to -arrow A- and then
turn the area -3- anti-clockwise according to -arrow B-, thus
disengaging the protrusions -1-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
observing the following: olkswage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Note au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

Assembly is carried out similarly for both versions of the tension‐

pt
du

an

ing bushing.
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit

– Observe the correct assembly position in the detail.

, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. 12 Volt socket 59
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox by
V 2011 ➤
ol not
gu
d ara
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
orise nte
h eo
aut ra
s c
3.8 Electric socket 2 - 12V -U18- (Spacefox/Suran - version 2) - assembly over‐
s

ce
e
nl

pt
view

du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
1 - Nut

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Located at rear of lining. hole

spec
❑ 2 Nm.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2 - Tensioning bushing
3 - Electrical socket 2 - 12V -

rrectness of i
U18-
❑ Remove and install
l purpos

⇒ page 60 .
❑ Replace ⇒ page 61 .

nform
ercia

4 - Luggage compartment side

m

at
trim
om

ion
c

in t
❑ Remove and install ⇒
or

his
e

Body - Internal assem‐

at

do
riv

bly works; Rep. gr. 70 ;

p

cum
or

Lining / insulation .
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.9 Electric socket 2 - 12V -U18- (Spacefox/

Suran - version 2) - remove and install

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

60 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ When the Battery - A- is reconnected, check the vehicle's
equipment (radio, clock, electric door locks, power windows,
etc.) according to the repair manual and/or use instructions.

Removal:
– Remove the side luggage compartment lining -3- ⇒ General
body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Lining/insulation .
– Remove the connector from the Electrical socket 2 - 12V -
U18- .
– Remove the securing nut -1-.
– Remove the Electric socket 2 - 12V - U18- -2- from the lateral
lining of the baggage compartment -3-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Install the Electrical socket 2 - 12V - U18- -2- in the lateral lining
of the baggage compartment -3-, following the n correct
AG. Volksassem‐
wagen AG
bly position in the detail. lkswage does
no
o V t gu
by ara
– Tighten the fastening nuts -1- torisaedtorque of (2 Nm). nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3.10 Electric socket 2 - 12V -U18- - replace

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Removal:
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove the Electrical socket 2 - 12 V - U18- ⇒ page 60 .

t to the co

WARNING
rrectne

• Observe the correct insertion of the Extractor - T40148- in

the Electrical socket 2 - 12V - U18- , otherwise the locks
ss o

will not be disengaged and there is a risk that it will be

cial p

f in

damaged.
form
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Note
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

A Wedge - T40148/1- -2- can be used for improved support in the

en
ng

t.
yi
removal of the Electrical socket - 12 volt - U18- .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. 12 Volt socket 61
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Insert the Puller - T40148- according to -arrow- so that the

protrusions -1- engage correctly in the notches -2- of the Elec‐
trical socket - 12 volt - U18- .

– Disengage the Electrical socket - 12 V - U18- -1- from the ten‐

sioning bushing according to -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– In order to remove the Electrical socket - 12 V - U18- -2- from
es, in part or in w

the Puller - T40148- press it according to -arrow A- and then

t to the co
turn the area -3- anti-clockwise according to -arrow B-, thus
disengaging the protrusions -1-.

rrectness of i
Installation:
l purpos

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

observing the following:

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
– Observe the correct assembly position in the detail.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Install the Electrical socket 2 - 12 V - U18- ⇒ page 60 .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

62 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

92 – Windscreen wash/wipe system

1 Windscreen wiper system

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Windscreen wiper system 63

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Special tools and workshop

equipment required

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

♦ Torque wrench - 4 to 20Nm (fit. 3/8") - VAG 1410-

do
r
rp

cum
fo

♦ Torque wrench - 5 to 50 Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1331-

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Lever - T 10039- C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

64 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1.1 Windscreen wiper system - assembly overview

1 - Windscreen wiper blade

❑ Remove and install (ver‐
sion 1) ⇒ page 65 .
❑ Remove and install (ver‐
sion 2) ⇒ page 66 .
❑ Adjust the application
angle ⇒ page 71 .
2 - Windscreen wiper arm
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 66 .
❑ Adjust the resting posi‐
tion ⇒ page 71 .
3 - Protection covers
4 - Hexagonal nut
❑ 18 Nm.
5 - Bolts
❑ 5 ± 0.5 Nm.
6 - Mounting (bushing) for the
mechanism support
7 - Windscreen wiper mecha‐
nism
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 69 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
8 - Bolts d byV
o gu
ara
e nte
❑ 5 ± 0.5 Nm. horis
eo
aut ra
9 - Mounting (bushing) for the ss c

ce
e

mechanism support
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

1.2 Windscreen wiper blade (version 1) - re‐

t to the co
move and install rrectness of i

Removal:
l purpos

– Raise the windscreen wiper arm.

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Windscreen wiper system 65

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Press the blade lock -arrow- and pull it down towards the
windscreen wiper arm.
Volkswa
– Release the blade from the windscreen
agen wiper arm, Aand
AG. gen G
doere‐
ksw s no
move it. by Vol t gu
a
ed ran
oris tee
h
Installation: au
t or
ac
ss
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
1.3 Windscreen wiper blade (version 2) - re‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
move and install
Removal:

rrectness of i
– Raise the windscreen wiper arm.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Press button -1- and pull the wiper blade support -3- removing
Prote AG.

it in the direction of the -arrow- wiper arm -2-movement.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

1.4 Windscreen wiper blade and arm set -

remove and install
Special tools and workshop equipment required

66 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

♦ Torque wrench - 4 to 20Nm (fit. 3/8") - VAG 1410-

♦ Torque wrench - 5 to 50 Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1331-

♦ Puller - T10369/1- or Geodore mini-puller - 8562–1-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Removal:
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Note
t to the co

Before removing the windscreen wiper arms, please check if the

rrectness of i

Windscreen wiper engine - V- is in rest position. This is the only

way to adjust the correct arm resting position during the installa‐
l purpos

tion.
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Windscreen wiper system 67

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the protection covers carefully -arrows- with a screw‐

driver.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
– Loosen fastening nuts -arrows-, but do not remove them com‐ itte

y li
pletely.
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Fit the Puller - T10369/1- -2- on the windscreen wiper arm

m

-4-.

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
WARNING

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
Take care that the Puller - T10369/1- -2- is fit adequately on
fo

en
ng

the windscreen wiper arm -4-, so that is does not damage the
t.
yi Co
op
drive axle -6-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Support the lower base of the fuse -3- on the drive axle -6- of
AG.

the windscreen wiper arm -4-.

– Turn the fuse -1- clockwise, until the windscreen wiper arm
-4- is released from the drive axle -6-.
– Remove the Puller - T10369/1- -2-, remove the securing nut
-5- and remove the windscreen wiper arm -4-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Fit the windscreen wiper arms near its resting positions and
tighten slightly the fastening nuts.
– Adjust the blades' resting position ⇒ page 71 .

68 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
o ot g
byV ua Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
ed ra
ris nte
utho eo
– Tighten
ss
a the securing nuts -arrows- to a (18 Nm) torque. ra
c

ce
le

– Install the protection covers.

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectnes
1.5 Windscreen wiper mechanism - remove

s o
cial p

f
and install

inform
mer

Removal:

atio
om

n
c

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the

i
or

n thi
key from ignition.
te

sd
iva

o
pr

c
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
– Remove the windscreen wiper arm and blade set ⇒ page 66 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the lower lining of the windscreen ⇒ General body
gh ht
pyri by
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; External equipment .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove fastening screws -arrows- from the windscreen wiper
mechanism assembly.
– Disengage the Windscreen wiper motor - V- connector.
– Remove the windscreen wiper mechanism assembly from its
housing.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten fastening screws to the windscreen wiper mechanism
assembly with (5-Nm) torque.

1.6 Windscreen wiper motor -V- - disassem‐

ble and assemble
Disassembly:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Remove the windscreen wiper arm and blade set ⇒ page 66 .
– Remove the windscreen wiper mechanism ⇒ page 69 .

1. Windscreen wiper system 69

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
– Disengage the drive stem -1- towards -arrow- from shaft, by by Volk ot g
ua
using the Lever - T 10039- . ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the securing nut -1- and remove the bracket -2- from

rrectness of i
the Windscreen wiper engine - V- shaft.
l purpos

– Loosen the engine fastening screws -arrows- from the wind‐

screen wiper mechanism assembly.

nform
ercia

– Remove the Windscreen wiper motor - V- from its housing.

m

a
com

tio
Assembly:

n in
r
te o

thi
Assembly is performed in the reverse order to disassembly, ob‐

s
iva

do
serving the following:
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Note t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
Set the Windscreen wiper motor - V- in its rest position.
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Position the Windscreen wiper motor - V- on the windscreen

wiper mechanism assembly and tighten the securing bolts to
a (9-Nm) torque.

– Install the shaft support -2- so that the measure -a- is 100°44'
±5° and tighten the fastening nut -1- to (18-Nm) torque.

70 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1.7 Windscreen wiper blade resting position

- adjust

1.7.1 Driver's and passenger's side

The measurement -a- between the edge of the right windscreen
wiper blade and the water reflector should be 38 ± 5 mm.
The measurement -b- between the aligned edges of the wind‐
screen wiper blades and the water reflector should be 25 mm.

Note

There are vehicles with reference of resting position of blades on

windscreen glass, and this replaces measure -b-.

– If necessary, adjust the windscreen wiper blade resting posi‐

tion by releasing and moving the wiper arm/blade assembly.
– Remove the windscreen wiper arm/blade assembly
⇒ page 66 .

1.8 Blade application angle on windscreen

. Volkswagen AG
-
gen AG
adjust Vol
kswa do es n
ot
by gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
WARNING au
th ra
ss c
ce
e

Only check the blade application angle when the wipers vibrate
nl

pt
du

an

or make noises.
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit

Special tools and workshop equipment required

, is n

h re
hole

♦ Adjustment device - 3358B-

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Valid only for vehicles with windscreen wiper blade (version 1).
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust the resting position of the windscreen wiper arms
⇒ page 71 .

1. Windscreen wiper system 71

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the blades from the windscreen wiper arms

⇒ page 65 .
– Place the windscreen wiper arm-2- on the Adjustment device
- 3358B- and fasten it with the screw -3-.
– Check the application angle according to the following table:

Application angle (nominal values)

Vehicles with left-hand steering wheel
Driver's side - 5.0°
Passenger side - 5.0°
Tolerance ± 2°

• If necessary, adjust the application angle to the nominal value

as explained below:
– Using a SW24 spanner -1-, tilt the windscreen wiper arm -2-
according to the nominal value -arrows-.
– Release the windscreen wiper arm -2- from the Adjustment
device - 3358B- and fasten it again with the screw -3-.
– Compare the adjusted value with that given in the table. If
necessary, repeat the operation until you reach the nominal
value.
– Remove the Adjustment device - 3358B- and install the wind‐
screen wiper blade ⇒ page 65 . AG. Volkswagen A gen G do
swa es n
– After adjusting, check the windscreen wiper operation
by
Vol for oc‐
k ot g
ua
casional trembling movements. ris
ed ran
tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

1.9 Rain and light sensor -G397- - remove

y li
erm

ab

and install
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ If the Rain sensor and photo sensor - G397- is removed from

its support in perfect conditions (e.g. when replacing wind‐
screen), it can be reinstalled
rrectness of i

♦ Store the Rain and light sensor - G397- and keep it clean until
l purpos

the new installation, by preventing the padded silicone cou‐

pling from being soiled
nform
ercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required

m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

72
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

♦ Spatula - VW 037- or

♦ Wedge - 3409-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e

Removal:
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
erm

ab
key from ignition.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

h re
hole

– Remove the rear-view mirror ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

spec
Rep. gr. 68 ; Internal equipment .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Disconnect connector -A- from the Rain and light sensor -
G397- -1-.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Windscreen wiper system 73

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the Rain and light sensor - G397- -1- of the sup‐
port-2-, with the help of the Spatula - VW 037- or the Wedge
- 3409- , by lifting it, in a lever movement on the recess -3-.

Note

During removal, do not lift only the upper lining of the Rain and
light sensor - G397- , but the entire set.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal, agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
observing the following: yV
olksw not
g b ua
ed ran
– Clean properly the windscreen by inside the support with rIso‐
is tee
tho
propanol (isopropyl ethanol). au or
ac
ss
– If required, remove, the protective cap from the new Rain and

ce
le
un

pt
light sensor - G397- .

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
is n

h re
ole,

♦ Pay attention in order not to soil the surface (padded coupling)

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

of the Rain and light sensor - G397- during assembly

t to the co
♦ When the surface (padded coupling) of the Rain sensor -
G397- is soiled, it may be occasionally cleaned “by affixing”
and “detaching” one or more adhesive tape stripes

rrectne
♦ After disassembly, no bubbles must remain between the wind‐

s
screen and the padded coupling of the Rain and light sensor

s o
- G397-
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

74 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

2 Windscreen washer system

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Note tho tee
or
au ac
ss
♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

ce
e
nl

pt
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
du

an
itte

y li
erm

♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are

ab
ility
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
ot p

wit
tion).
, is n

h re
hole

♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

spec
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

rrectness of i
Special tools and workshop equipment required
l purpos

♦ Torque wrench - 4 to 20Nm (fit. 3/8") - VAG 1410-

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.1 Windscreen washer system - assembly overview

2. Windscreen washer system 75

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Spray nozzles
❑ Replace ⇒ page 78 .
❑ Adjust ⇒ page 78 .
2 - Windscreen washer pump
connector Rear window wash‐
er pump - V5- and/or Rear win‐
dow washer pump - V13-
3 - Windscreen washer pump -
V5- and/or Rear window wash‐
er pump - V13-
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 77 .
4 - Front washer pipe
❑ Connections ⇒ General
information; Rep. gr.
92 ; Windscreen, rear
window and headlight
washer and wiper .
❑ Repair ⇒ General infor‐
mation; Rep. gr. 92 ;
Windscreen, rear win‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
dow and headlight agen oes
olksw not
washer and wiper . d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
r
5 - Reservoir for the wind‐ ut
ho eo
ra
screen and rear window wash‐ ss a c
er system

ce
le
un

pt
an
❑ Remove and install
d
itte

y li
⇒ page 76 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

2.2 Reservoir for the windscreen and rear

ss

window washer system - remove and in‐

o
cial p

f in

stall
form
mer

atio
m

Removal:
o

n
c

i
or

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
thi
te

sd
a

key from ignition.

iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Put the vehicle on a lift in order to make the operation easier. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the left and right front wheel housing protector ⇒
op Vo
by c lksw
Body; Rep. gr. 66 ; Front wheel housing protector - remove cted agen
Prote AG.
and install .
– Remove front bumper ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 63 ; Bumpers .
– Disengage the Windscreen washer pump - V5- and/or Rear
window washer pump - V13- connectors ⇒ page 77 .
– Drain the reservoir liquid.

76 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the fastening nuts -arrows- from reservoir.

– Remove the reservoir from the bottom of vehicle.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten the fastening nuts to a (5-Nm) torque.

Note

When replenishing the reservoir. If fluid is used, refer to the mix‐

ture ratio in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 22.1 .

2.3 Windscreen washer pump -V5- and/or

Rear window washer pump -V13- - re‐
move and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 2

Note

Wheel removal is not required. n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
– Partially loosen the left front wheel
hor arch cover ⇒ General body
is tee
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 au ; Exterior equipment .
t or
ac
ss
– Spin the wheel entirely to the left.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Disconnect the connector -1- and hose connections in the

y li
erm

ab

pump.
ility
ot p

– Remove the pump from the reservoir, moving it towards

wit
, is n

h re

-arrow-.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Installation:
t to the co

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Windscreen washer system 77

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

2.4 Windscreen washer system spray noz‐

zles - replace
Removal:
– Remove the hose -1-from the washer jet.

– Press the spray nozzle towards -arrow- and remove it down‐

wards.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

Note

After installing, use the adjustment procedures for the washer jets
⇒ page 78 .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
2.5 Windscreen Vol washer system spray t gnoz‐
ks s no e
by ua
zles th-oradjust
ed ran
is tee
o
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

pt

2.5.1 Pre-adjusted spray nozzles (fan-type

an
d
itte

y li

nozzles)
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re

Note
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ The spray nozzles are pre-adjusted, but small differences in

t to the co

height can be adjusted.

♦ If the spray jet is irregular or cannot be adjusted to the centre
rrectne

of the washer area, the nozzle must be replaced (repair meas‐

ure) ⇒ page 78 .
ss

♦ Under no circumstances should needles or similar objects be

o
cial p

used, since this might damage the nozzle's water passage.

inform
mer

♦ The washer jets cannot be cleaned in the opposite direction of

atio
m

the jet (e.g. blowing from the front).

o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd

Nozzle jet position:

iva

o
pr

cum
r

a - 480 mm
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
b - 165 mm Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
If the two action surfaces of the nozzle jet are not according to the p by
co Vo
dimensions -a - and -b-, the jet height must be adjusted as ex‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
plained below:
AG.

78 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Adjust the jet by the nozzle tab-1- moving it slightly upward or

downward with your hand, with the front bonnet closed.

Note

To perform the adjustment, support the ejector with your hand toG. Volkswagen
prevent it from moving from the housing. lksw
agen
A AG do
es n
o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Windscreen washer system 79

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3 Rear window wiper system

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note d by V gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded sradio.
sa
u If so, request ra
c
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .

ce
le
un

pt
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are

an
d
itte

y li
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
rm

ab
tion).
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

h re
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
hole

spec
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
es, in part or in w

for use.

t to the co
Special tools and workshop equipment required

rrectness of i
♦ Torque wrench - 5 to 50 Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1331-
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
3.1 Rear window wiper and washer system - assembly overview
AG.

80 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Protection cap
2 - Hexagonal nut
❑ 12 ± 1.2 Nm.
3 - Rear window wiper arm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Remove and install agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
❑ Adjust ⇒ page 83 . d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
4 - Wiper blade aut ra
c
ss
❑ Remove and install

ce
e
nl
⇒ page 83 .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
5 - Sealing eyelet
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Replace if damaged.

wit
, is n

h re
6 - Spray nozzle
hole

spec
❑ Replace ⇒ page 86 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Adjust ⇒ page 87 .
7 - Seal

rrectness of i
❑ Replace if damaged.
l purpos

8 - Spacer
❑ Replace if damaged.

nform
ercia

9 - Rubber washer
m

at
10 - Mounting (bushing) for the
om

ion
mechanism support
c

in t
or

his
te

11 - Bolt
a

do
priv

c
❑ 8 ± 0.8 Nm.

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Rear window wiper arm - remove and

install
Removal:
– Raise the protective cover -1- of the rear window wiper.
– Loosen fastening nut -arrow-but do not remove it completely.
– Tilt the wiper arm and release it by means of sideways move‐
ments in the cone.
– Remove the fastening nut and remove the rear window wiper
arm.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– To place the wiper motor in the end-of-course position, turn
the rear window wiper switch on / off with the ignition on.
– Fit the rear window wiper arm on the resting position
⇒ page 83 .
– Tighten the fastening nut -arrow- to (12-Nm) torque.

3. Rear window wiper system 81

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3.3 Rear window wiper motor -V12- - re‐

move and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove rear window wiper arm ⇒ page 81 .
– Remove the rear door lining ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Lining / insulation .
– Disengage the connector -1- from the Rear window wiper mo‐
tor - V12- . .
– Release the hose -2- from the spray nozzle.
– Remove fastening screws -arrows- and remove the Rear win‐
dow wiper motor - V12- .

Upon removal, observe the sealing eyelet -arrow- to keep it cor‐

rectly fitted on the rear window.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
WARNING ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
Observe the correct assembly position for the sealing eyelet,
ss a c
in order to prevent water from infiltrating into the vehicle. ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility

– Install sealing eyelet -1- on rear window so to adjust measure

ot

wit
, is n

-a- to ± 10°.
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw

82
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Tighten fastening screws -arrows- to (8 ± 0,8 Nm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
3.4 Rear window wiper blade resting posi‐
ised byV gu
ara
nte
tion - adjust or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
Fox/Crossfox:

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

The distance -a- between the rear window wiper blade rubber and
itte

y li
rm

the lower edge of the window must be of 41 ± 5 mm.

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Spacefox / Suran:
nform
ercia

The distance -a- between the rear window wiper blade rubber and
m

the lower edge of the window must be of 35 ± 5 mm.

a
com

tion in

For all vehicles:

r
te o

thi
s
iva

– If necessary, adjust the resting position by moving the rear

do
r
rp

window wiper arm ⇒ page 81 .

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.5 Rear window wiper blade - remove and

install
Removal:
– Raise the rear window wiper arm.

3. Rear window wiper system 83

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Press the lock -arrow- and pull the blade -1- in the direction
-arrow-, and remove it.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

84 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

4 Rear window washer system

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

4.1 Rear window washer system - assembly

overview
Fox/Crossfox: agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
Spacefox / Suran: ed by gu
ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Rear window washer system 85

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Spray nozzle
❑ Replace ⇒ page 86 .
❑ Adjust ⇒ page 87 .
2 - Reservoir for the wind‐
screen and rear window wash‐
er system
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 76 .
3 - Windscreen washer pump
connector Rear window wash‐
er pump - V5- and/or Rear win‐
dow washer pump - V13-
4 - Rear washer hose
❑ Connections ⇒ General
information; Rep. gr.
92 ; Windscreen, rear
window and headlight
washer and wiper .
❑ Repair ⇒ General infor‐
mation; Rep. gr. 92 ;
Windscreen, rear win‐ wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
s
dow and headlight yV
olk ot g
ua
washer and wiper .rised b ran
t ee
tho or
5 - Windscreen washer au pump - ac
ss
V5- and/or Rear window wash‐
ce
e
nl

er pump - V13-
pt
du

an
itte

❑ Remove and install

y li
erm

ab

⇒ page 77 .
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

4.2 Rear window washer system spray noz‐

zle - replace
nf
ercia

orm

Removal:
m

atio
om

n in
c

– Place the rear window wiper on the resting position.

or

thi
te

sd
a

– Raise the protective cover of the rear window washer system.

iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

– Carefully remove the spray nozzle towards the -arrow-with

m
f

en
ng

t.
suitable pliers. Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Installation:
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Insert the washer jet up to the stop on the wiper shaft, so that
Prote AG.

the washer jet opening faces upwards.

– Lower the protection cover.

86 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

4.3 Rear window washer system spray noz‐swagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
k
zle - adjust
not
Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
Special tools and workshop equipment required ho eo
aut ra
ss c
♦ Adjusting device - T 10127-

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

o
Note

rm
m

atio
om

n in
♦ If the washer jet is irregular or cannot be adjusted to the centre
or c

of the washer area, the washer jet must be replaced (repair

thi
te

sd
a

measure) ⇒ page 86 .
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
♦ Under no circumstances should needles or similar objects be
f

en
ng

t.
yi
used, since this might damage the nozzle's water passage.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Adjust the spray nozzle so the jet is sprayed to the centre of co Vo
by lksw
the wiper action area. cted agen
Prote AG.

The nozzle water jet must fall on the middle of the area to be
cleaned.
– If necessary, adjust them with the Adjustment device - T
10127- , as indicated.

4. Rear window washer system 87

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

94 – Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

1 Main headlights

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

Special tools and workshop equipment

wage
n Arequired
G. Volkswagen AG d
oe
ks s no
Vol t gu
♦ Torque wrench 2 to 10edNm
by - VAG 1783- ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

1.1 Main headlights - assembly overview

l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

88 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Main headlight (single)

❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 90
❑ Check adjustment
⇒ page 101
2 - Main headlight (twin)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 90
❑ Check adjustment
⇒ page 101
3 - Bushing
4 - Bolts
❑ 3 Nm
5 - Left high-beam headlight
lamp - M30- and/or Right high-
beam headlight lamp -agM32- en AG. V
olkswagen AG
does
lksw not
❑ Halogenbylamp Vo H1, 12 V gu
ara
- 55 W.rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Replace
s aut ⇒ page 94 ra
c
s
6 - Protection cap
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

7 - Left front sidelight lamp -

y li
erm

ab

M1- and/or Right front sidelight

ility
ot p

lamp - M3-
wit
is n

❑ Incandescent lamp 12 V
h re
ole,

- 5 W.
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Replace ⇒ page 92
t to the co

8 - Position light socket

❑ (Twin Headlight).
rrectne

9 - Left front indicator light

lamp - M5- and/or Right front
ss

indicator light lamp - M7-

o
cial p

f in

❑ Incandescent lamp PY21W - 12V.

form
mer

❑ Replace ⇒ page 94
atio
om

10 - Turn indicator lamp socket

c

i
or

n thi
te

sd

11 - Left low-beam headlight lamp - M29- and/or Right low-beam headlight lamp - M31-
iva

o
pr

❑ Halogen lamp H7, 12 V - 55 W.

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
❑ Replace ⇒ page 93
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
12 - Bushing rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
13 - Left front indicator light lamp - M5- and/or Right front indicator light lamp - M7-
Prote
cted AG.
agen

❑ Incandescent lamp PY21W - 12V.

❑ Replace ⇒ page 92
14 - Turn indicator lamp socket
15 - Left front sidelight lamp - M1- and/or Right front sidelight lamp - M3-
❑ Incandescent lamp 12 V - 5 W.
❑ Replace ⇒ page 90
16 - Position light socket
❑ (Single Headlight).
17 - Left low beam light - M29- and Left high beam light - M30- and/or Right low beam light - M31- and Left high
beam light - M32-
❑ Halogen lamp H4, 55/60 W - 12V.

1. Main headlights 89
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
❑ Replace ⇒ page 91
18 - Protection cap

1.2 Main Headlights - remove and install

Note

Removal and installation of the main headlights are identical on

both sides; the procedure below refers onlyswtoagone
en AGof the
. Vo head‐ does
lkswagen AG
lights. by Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
Removal: au
th or
ac
ss
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the

ce
e
nl

pt
key from ignition.
du

an
itte

y li
erm

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove the front bumper ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;

wit
, is n

Rep. gr. 63 ; Bumpers .

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the securing bolts -arrows-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Carefully pull the headlight forwards, disconnect the multiple
connector and remove the headlight from its housing.

rrectness of i
Installation:
l purpos

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

observing the following:

nf
ercia

o
– Tighten the securing bolts -arrows- to the torque of (3 Nm).
rm
m

atio
m

– After installation, check main headlight functioning.

o

n in
or c

thi

– Check and adjust the main headlights if necessary

te

sd
a

⇒ page 101 .
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
1.3 Main headlight lamps (single) - replace
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Note cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Never touch the glass bulb when installing a lamp. The fingers
leave traces of fat on the glass envelope, which evaporate
when the lamp is turned on, causing the glass to cloud over.
♦ Replacement of the main headlight lamps is identical on both
sides; the procedure below refers only to one of the headlights.

1.3.1 Front side light -M1- and/or -M3- - re‐

place
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Disconnect socket connector.

90 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the socket with lamp by turning it towards the

-arrow-.
– Remove the lamp.
– Install a new lamp in the socket.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installation, check the light functioning.
Volkswa n AG. gen AG
wage does
Volks not
gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
1.3.2 au
tho
-M29- Low-beam headlight lamp -M31- eo
ra
and/or -M30- High-beam headlight lamp
ss c

ce
e
nl

-M32- - replace

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
, is n

h re
hole

To replace the Left dipped beam bulb - M29- and the Left main

spec
es, in part or in w

beam bulb - M30- , the Battery - A- ⇒ page 6 needs to be removed.

t to the co
Removal:
rrectness of i
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
l purpos

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

nform
ercia

– Disconnect the lamp connector.

m

at

– Remove the protective cap -1-.

om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen the circlip -2- by pressing it according to -arrow- and

carefully remove the lamp -1- from the reflector.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installation, check the new lamp functioning.
– Check and carry out the headlight adjustment, if necessary
⇒ page 101 .

1. Main headlights 91
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1.3.3 Front turn signal bulb -M5- and/or -M7-

- replace
Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Disconnect the socket connector.
– Remove the socket with lamp by turning it towards -arrow-.
– Remove the lamp from the socket.
– Install a new lamp in the socket.

Installation: AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
Installation is performedd by V in reverse sequence to that of guremoval,
ara
observing the following:
orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
– After installation,
ss a
check the light functioning. c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

1.4 Main headlight lamps (twin) - replace wit

is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Note
t to the co

♦ Never touch the glass bulb when installing a lamp. The fingers
leave traces of fat on the glass envelope, which evaporate
rrectne

when the lamp is turned on, causing the glass to cloud over.
♦ Replacement of the main headlight lamps is identical on both
ss

sides; the procedure below refers only to one of the headlights.

o
cial p

f inform
mer

1.4.1 Front side light -M1- and/or -M3- - re‐

atio
m

place
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

Note
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
To replace the left front side marker light bulb - M1- , the Battery Cop py
ht. rig
- A- ⇒ page 6 needs to be removed. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Removal:
Prote AG.

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical devices, then remove the
ignition key.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

92 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the protective cover -1-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole
– Carefully remove socket with lamp -1- from reflector.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the lamp.

Installation:

rrectness of i
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
l purpos

observing the following:

– After installation, check the light functioning.

nform
ercia

– Check and carry out the headlight adjustment, if necessary

m

a
⇒ page 101 .
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
1.4.2 Low-beam lamp -M29- and/or -M31- -
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

replace
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Removal:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the Prote
cted AG.
agen
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the protective cover -1-.

– Disconnect the connector from the lamp-1-.

– Release the lock-2- by pressing according to -arrows- and
carefully remove the lamp -2-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installation, check the light functioning.
– Check and carry out the headlight adjustment, if necessary
⇒ page 101 .

1. Main headlights 93
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1.4.3 High beam lamp -M30- and/or -M32- -

replace

Note

To replace the left main beam bulb - M30- ,the Battery - A-

⇒ page 6 needs to be removed.

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical devices, then remove the
ignition key.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the protective cover -1-.

– Disconnect the connector from the lamp-1-.

– Disengage the locking ring -2- by pressing it according to
-arrows- and carefully remove the lamp -1-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Installation: ed b ara
nte
ris
o eo
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
aut
h
ra
c
observing the following: ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– After installation, check the light functioning.

an
itte

y li
erm

– Check and carry out the headlight adjustment, if necessary

ab
ility
⇒ page 101 .
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

1.4.4 Front turn signal bulb -M5- and/or -M7- spec

es, in part or in w

- replace
t to the co

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical devices, then remove the
ignition key.
rrectness of i

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

l purpos

– Remove the socket with lamp by turning it towards the

-arrow-.
nform
ercia

– Remove the lamp from the socket.

m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

Installation:
his
ate

do
riv

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

p

cum
or

observing the following:

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– After installation, check the light functioning. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

94 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

2 Fog lights

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Special tools d band
y V workshop equipment required gu
ara
ise nte
r
♦ Torque
ut
h wrench 2 to 10 Nm - VAG 1783-
o eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

♦ Spatula - VW 037-
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.1 Fog lights - assembly overview

2. Fog lights 95
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Cover
2 - Fog lights
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 96
❑ Check adjustment
⇒ page 103
3 - securing bolt
❑ 3 units
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Left fog light lamp - L22-
and/or Right fog light lamp -
L23-
❑ Halogen lamp HB4 (12V
- 51W)
❑ Replace ⇒ page 97
5 - Front bumper
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

2.2 Fog lights - remove and install

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in

Note
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

Removal and installation of fog lights are identical on both sides;

o
r
rp

cu

the procedure below refers only to one of the sides.

o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Removal:
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
key from ignition. Prote AG.

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

– Remove the side grille from the front protector ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior equipment .

96 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen the fastening screws -arrows- on the fog light.

– Remove the fog light from the bumper cover by pulling them
forward, following the cable length.
– Disconnect the fog light connector and remove the fog light.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten the securing bolts -arrows- to the torque of (1.5 Nm).
– After installation, check the fog light
agen
AG. Vfunctioning.
olkswagen AG
do w es n
olks o
– Check and carry outedthe
by fog light adjustment ⇒ page 101
V t gu
a.ra
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
2.2.1 Fog light lamp -L22- and/or -L23- - re‐
ss
a c

ce
le

place
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
is n

h re
ole,

♦ The removal and installation of fog light lamps are identical on

spec
both sides; the procedure below refers only to one of the fog
urposes, in part or in wh

lights.

t to the co
♦ Never touch the glass bulb when installing a new lamp. The
fingers leave traces of fat on the glass envelope, which evap‐

rrectne
orate when the lamp is turned on, causing the glass to cloud
over.
ss o
cial p

f
Removal:
inform
mer

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
atio
m

key from ignition.

o

n
c

i
or

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

thi
te

sd
va

– Disconnect its respective connector.

i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Turn the socket along with the fog light lamp towards
t.
yi Co
the- arrow- and remove the fog light lamp. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
The fog light lamp is fastened to the lamp shell, and cannot be p by
o Vo
by c lksw
replaced individually. Prote
cted AG.
agen

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installation, check the fog light functioning.
– Check and carry out the fog light adjustment ⇒ page 101 .

2.3 Auxiliary headlights (CrossFox / Space Cross / Suran Cross) - assembly

overview

2. Fog lights 97
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Cover
2 - Ancillary headlight
3 - securing bolt
❑ 3 units
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Lamp
❑ Halogen lamp H4 (12V -
55/60W).
5 - Protection cap
6 - Front bumper

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

2.4 Auxiliary headlights (CrossFox / Space

Cross / Suran Cross) - remove and in‐
rrectness of i

stall
l purpos

Note
nform
mercia

at

Removing and installing auxiliary headlights is identical on both

om

io

sides; the procedure below refers only to one of the sides.

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

Removal:
p

cum
for

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
en
ng

t.
yi
key from ignition.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 . yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Remove the side grille from the front protector ⇒ General body
agen
Prote AG.
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior equipment .

98 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen fastening screws -arrows- from auxiliary headlight

-1-. n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
– Remove the auxiliary headlight from the bumper by
Vcover
olk by pull‐ ot g
ua
ing them forward, following the cable length.
ris
ed ran
tee
tho or
– Loosen and disconnect the connectorss.au ac

ce
e
– Remove the auxiliary headlight.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Installation:

ility
ot p
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

wit
, is n

h re
observing the following:
hole

spec
– Tighten the securing bolts -arrows- to the torque of (1.5 Nm).
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– After installation, check the auxiliary headlight functioning
-1-.

rrectness of i
– Check and carry out the auxiliary headlight adjustment
⇒ page 101 .
l purpos

2.4.1 Auxiliary headlight lamps (CrossFox /

nform
ercia

Space Cross / Suran Cross) - replace

m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

Note

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

♦ Removal and installation of auxiliary headlight lamps is iden‐

f

en
ng

tical on both sides; the procedure below refers only to one of

t.
yi Co
op
the lights.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
♦ Never touch the glass bulb when installing a new lamp. The co Vo
by lksw
fingers leave traces of fat on the glass envelope, which evap‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
orate when the lamp is turned on, causing the glass to cloud
over.

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the auxiliary headlight ⇒ page 98 .
– Remove fastening bolts -arrows- and protection cover -1-.
– Disconnect the lamp connector.

2. Fog lights 99
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen the circlip -1- by pressing it according to -arrow- and

carefully remove the lamp -2- from the reflector.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installation, check the auxiliary headlight functioning.
– Check and carry out the auxiliary headlight adjustment
⇒ page 101 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

100 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3 Headlights - check adjustment

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Headlight aligner - VAS 5046- or Headlight adjustment device
- VAS 5047-

In principle, the following checking and adjustment description is

valid for all countries. However, the guidelines and standards of
the respective country must be taken into account.
Prerequisites for checking and adjustment:
• Tire inflation pressure OK.
• The headlight lenses must never be damaged or dirty.
• Reflectors and lamps OK.
• The vehicle's load condition must beolknown.
en AG. V
kswagen AG
ag does
lksw n
Load: With one person or y V75 kg on the driver's seat of empty
o ot g
ua ve‐
db
hicles (empty weight):
orise ran
te
th eo
The weight of an au ra
ss empty vehicle is the weight of the vehicle ready c
for operation and with a full fuel tank (at least 90%), including the
ce
e
nl

pt

weight of every component required for its use (e.g.: spare wheel,
du

an
itte

tools, towing hook, fire extinguisher, etc.).

y li
erm

ab
ility

If the fuel reservoir is not at least 90% full, you must simulate the
ot p

load as follows:
wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Check the tank level on the fuel gauge. Establish the required
spec

additional weight according to the table below and stow this

es, in part or in w

t to the co

weight in the luggage compartment.

Filling quantities table
rrectness of i

Filling level on tank indicator Additional weight in kg

l purpos

1/4 30
1/2 20
nform
ercia

3/4 10
m

at

full 0
om

ion
c

in t
or

Example:
his
ate

do
riv

When the fuel tank is half full, you must place an additional weight
p

cum
or

of 20 kg in the luggage compartment.

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Note p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
As additional weight, it is preferable to use fuel containers filled
with water (one fuel container with a 5-liter capacity corresponds
to a weight of approximately 5 kg).

3. Headlights - check adjustment 101

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
Foxth2010
oris
➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤ ntee o
au
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016 ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
The vehicle should be moved for a few meters and pushed down
du

an
itte

a couple of times both at the front and at the rear so the shock

y li
erm

ab
absorbers get properly settled.

ility
ot p

wit
♦ The vehicle and the headlight adjustment device must be on
, is n

h re
the same level⇒ Instruction manual from the headlight ad‐
hole

spec
justment device .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ The vehicle and the headlight adjustment device must be on
a flat surface.
♦ The Tilt must be adjusted.

rrectness of i
The housing above the headlight has the tilt values engraved in
l purpos

“%”. The headlights must be adjusted according to this data. The

percentage is related to a projection distance of 10 meters. A

nform
ercia

1.0% tilting value, for example, corresponds to 10 cm.

m

The button for adjusting the headlight reach must be in the basic

at
om

io
position (-).

n
c

in t
or

his
e

3.1 Check headlight adjustment (with the

at

do
riv

new inspection display without 15º ad‐

p

cum
for

en
g

justment line).
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
3.1.1 Main headlights
cted agen
Prote AG.

Check the following:

– With the low beam on, check if the horizontal light-dark limit
touches the separation limit -1- of the test surface.
– Check if the point of inflexion -2- between the left horizontal
section and the right ascending section of the light-dark limit
runs vertically through the central mark -3-. In this case, the
light core of the light beam is at the right of the vertical line.

Note

♦ Line -1- is the measurement from the ground to the centre of

the headlight minus 120 mm for a distance of 10 m.
♦ Line -1- is the measurement from the ground to the centre of
the headlight minus 60 mm for a distance of 5 m.
♦ For an easier determination of the breaking point -2-, cover
and then release the left half of the headlight (seen from the
driver's side). Then, test the low beam once more.
♦ After correctly adjusting the low beam, the high beam is auto‐
matically adjusted, this means that the high beam centre must
be on the headlight central mark-3-. A 200-mm deviation to the
right or to the left, 150 mm upwards and 100 mm downwards
is acceptable.

102 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– For the current checking viewer with an adjustment line of 15º,

the same adjustment as for new checking viewer applies. To
avoid incorrect adjustments, the 15º line will no longer be con‐
sidered.

3.1.2 Fog lights

– Check if the light-dark limit reaches the adjustment line and
runs vertically over the entire measuring device line.

Note

♦ The light-dark separation mark is the measurement from the

ground to the centre of the headlight, minus 200 mm for a dis‐
tance of 10 m.
♦ The light-dark separation mark is the measurement from the
ground to the centre of the headlight, minus 100 mm for a dis‐
tance of 5 m. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
3.1.3 Additional headlights au
tho eo
ra
ss c
– Additional headlights in other systems, installed later, must be
ce
e
nl

pt

installed according to their specific instructions.

du

an
itte

y li
erm

3.2 Headlights - adjust

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

3.2.1 Main headlights - adjust

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Note
rrectness of i

Adjustment of main headlights is identical on both sides; adjust‐

l purpos

ment screws are symmetrically placed and the procedure below

refers only to one of the headlights.
nform
ercia

Twin headlight:
m

at
om

In order to adjust the height light/dark limit for the high beam
on
c

headlight, turn the adjustment screw -3-.

in t
or

his
ate

In order to adjust the height light/dark limit for the low beam head‐
do
priv

light, turn the adjustment screw -2-.

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
In order to adjust the side light/dark limit for the low beam head‐
Co
op py
light, turn the adjustment screw -1-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Headlights - check adjustment 103

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Single headlight:
– In order to adjust the height light/dark limit for the main head‐
light, turn the adjustment screw -2-.
– In order to adjust the side light/dark limit for the main headlight,
turn the adjustment screw -1-.

Note

Please check also if both headlights move symmetrically when

positioning the light range.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
3.2.2 Fog lights - adjust olksw
agen oes
not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
Note aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
Adjustment of fog lights is identical on both sides; adjustment

an
d
itte

bolts are symmetrically placed, and the procedure below refers

y li
rm

ab
only to one of the headlights.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

– In order to adjust fog light reach, turn the adjustment bolt -1-.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

3.2.3 Fog lights (Cross Fox / Space Cross /

s
iva

do
r
rp

Suran Cross) - adjust (version 1)

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Note
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Adjustment of fog lights is identical on both sides; adjustment
AG.

bolts are symmetrically placed, and the procedure below refers

only to one of the headlights.

– Remove the side grille from the front protector ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior equipment .
– In order to adjust fog light reach, turn the adjustment bolt -1-.

104 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3.2.4 Fog lights (Cross Fox / Space Cross /

Suran Cross) - adjust (version 2)

Note

Adjustment of fog lights is identical on both sides; adjustment

bolts are symmetrically placed, and the procedure below refers
only to one of the headlights.

– To adjust the fog light reach, insert a screwdriver into the

specified hole -arrow- and turn the adjustment screw.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Headlights - check adjustment 105

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
4 Side indicator lights
Vo gu
by ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

4.1 Side indicator lights incorporated to ex‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
ternal rear-view mirrors
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Remove turn signal indicator embedded in the external rear-view

wit
mirror ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; External
, is n

h re
equipment .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

106 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

5 Tail lights

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

5.1 Tail lights (Fox/Crossfox) - assembly

overview
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Note d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
Disassemble the bulb support in order to replace thessbulbs
a c
⇒ page 109 .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Tail lights 107

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Tail light
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 108
2 - Left brake light lamp - M9-
and/or Right brake light lamp. -
M10-
❑ P21/5W - 12V.
3 - Gasket
4 - Left rear turn indicator lamp
- M6- and/or Right rear turn in‐
dicator lamp - M8-
❑ P21W - 12V.
5 - Left tail light lamp - M4- and/
or Right tail light lamp - M2-
❑ W5W - 12V.
6 - Lamp support
❑ Disassemble and as‐
semble ⇒ page 109 .
7 - Left reverse gear light lamp
- M16- and/or Right reverse
gear light lamp - M17- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
❑ W16W - 12V. by
Volk ot g
ua
ed ran
8 - Fastening element ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

5.2 Tail light (Fox/Crossfox) - remove and

rrectness of i

install
l purpos

nform
ercia

Note
m

at
om

io

Removing and installing the tail lights is identical on both sides;

n
c

in t
r

the procedure below refers only to one side.

o

his
ate

do
priv

Removal:
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
Co
op py
key from ignition.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the fastening element -1- from tail light.
– Move away the luggage compartment side lining ⇒ General
body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Lining / insulation , until
enough space is freed to access the rear of the tail light.

108 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Disconnect the connector.

– Remove securing bolts -2-.
– Remove the tail light.

Installation:
Installation is performed inn Areverse
wage
G. Volkswsequence
agen AG
doesto that of removal,
observing the following:
y Volks not
gu
b ara
ed
– Tightenhofastening
ris element -1- to a torque of (2 Nm).
nte
e
t or
au ac
– Tighten
ss fastening screws -2- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

ce
e
nl

pt
– After installation, check if the tail light works.
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Ensure proper sealing when installing the tail lights to avoid water

spec
infiltration and damages to parts.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5.3 Tail light lamp support (Fox/Crossfox) -

rrectness of i
disassemble and assemble
l purpos

Disassembly:
nform
ercia

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
m

at
om

io

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

n
c

in t
or

his
e

– Remove the tail light ⇒ page 108 .

at

do
priv

– Press fastening locks -arrows- and remove the lamp support.

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Assembly: C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Assembly is performed in the reverse order to disassembly, ob‐
copy Vo
by lksw
serving the following: cted agen
Prote AG.

– Replace damaged bulbs if necessary.

– After installation, check the new lamp functioning.

Note

Ensure proper sealing when installing the light brackets to avoid

water infiltration and damages to parts.

5.4 Tail lights (Spacefox/Suran) - assembly overview

5. Tail lights 109

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 thor ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤ eo
u ra
Electrical system -ssEdition
a 12.2016 c

ce
e
nl

pt
du
1 - Lamp support

an
itte

y li
❑ Disassemble and as‐

erm

ab
semble ⇒ page 112 .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
2 - Left brake light and tail light

h re
hole

lamp - M21- and/or Right brake

spec
light and tail light lamp - M22-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ P21/5W - 12V.
3 - Lamp support

rrectness of i
4 - Lamp support
l purpos

5 - Left tail light lamp - M4- and/

or Right tail light lamp - M2-

nf
ercia

❑ W5W - 12V.

orm
m

atio
6 - Left rear fog light lamp -
om

L46-

n in
or c

thi
e

❑ H21W - 12V.
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
7 - Left reverse gear light lamp
o

m
f

- M16- and/or Right reverse

en
ng

t.
yi Co
gear light lamp - M17- t. Cop py
rig
❑ W16W - 12V.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
8 - Centre tail light (rear lid) cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 112 .
9 - Tail light
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 110 .
10 - Left rear turn indicator
lamp - M6- and/or Right rear
turn indicator lamp - M8-
❑ W16W - 12V.
11 - Fastening element

5.5 Tail light (Spacefox/Suran) - remove

and install
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Spatula - VW 037-

110 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

♦ Torque wrench 2 to 10 Nm - VAG 1783-

Note

Removing and installing the tail lights is identical on both sides; n AG. Volkswagen AG do
the procedure below refers only to one side. olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Removal: tho tee
or
au ac
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
ss

ce
le

key from ignition.

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Remove the clips -1- using a Scraper - VW 037- .
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Disconnect the connector.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

To better view the fastening element -2-, the luggage compart‐

rrectness of i
ment lining (detail) is not represented.
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tio
– Remove the fastening element -2- from tail light.

n in
r
te o

thi
– Remove securing bolts -3-.
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
– Remove the tail light -1-.
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Installation: t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
co Vo
by lksw
cted
observing the following:
agen
Prote AG.

– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

– Tighten fastening element -2- to a torque of (2 Nm).
– After installation, check if the tail light works.

Note

Ensure proper sealing when installing the tail lights to avoid water
infiltration and damages to parts.

5. Tail lights 111

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

5.6 Tail light lamp support (Spacefox/Suran)

- disassemble and assemble
Disassembly:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the tail light ⇒ page 110 .
– Press fastening locks -arrows- and remove the lamp support.

Assembly:
Assembly is performed in the reverse order to disassembly, ob‐
serving the following:
– After installation, check the light functioning.

Note

Ensure proper sealing when installing the light brackets to avoid

water infiltration and damages to parts.

5.7 Centre tail light “rear lid” (Spacefox/Sur‐

an) - remove and install
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Spatula - VW 037-
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Note
rrectness of i

Removing and installing the tail lights is identical on both sides;

l purpos

the procedure below refers only to one side.

Removal:
nf
ercia

orm
m

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
atio
m

key from ignition.

o

n in
or c

thi

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Remove the rear lid lamp cover ⇒ General body repairs, in‐
o

m
f

terior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Lining / insulation .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Disconnect the connector.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

112 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the fastening nuts -arrows- from the tail light.

– Remove the tail light.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten the securing nuts -arrows- to a (1.5 Nm) torque.
– After installation, check if the tail light works.

Note

Ensure proper sealing when installing the centre tail lights “rear
lid” to avoid water infiltration and damages to parts.

5.8 Left rear fog light lamp -L46- (Spacefox/

Suran) - replace
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Spatula - VW 037-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Note
rrectness of i

Lamp replacement does not require tail fog light removal.

l purpos

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
nform
ercia

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

m

at
om

– Remove the rear lid lamp cover ⇒ General body repairs, in‐
on
c

in t

terior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Lining / insulation .

or

his
ate

do
riv

– Disconnect the connector.

p

cum
for

– Release the socket -1- by turning it towards the -arrow-.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Tail lights 113

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
6 Fog lights d by Vol not
gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
WARNING ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

an
itte

y li
essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-

erm

ab
⇒ page 1 .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .

rrectness of i
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
l purpos

provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐

tion).

nform
ercia

♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

m

hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐

at
om

io
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions

n
c

in t
r

for use.
o

his
ate

do
priv

cum
6.1 Tail fog light (Fox/Crossfox) - remove
for

en
ng

t.
yi
and install
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Removal: p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the Prote AG.
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the rear bumper ⇒ Body - external assembly works;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Bumpers .
– Loosen fastening screw -2- and move tail fog light -1- towards
-arrow-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten fastening screw -2- with (1.5 Nm) torque.
– After installation, check if the tail fog light works.

6.2 Tail fog light lamp -L20- (Fox/Crossfox)

- replace

Note

Lamp replacement does not require tail fog light removal.

114 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Disconnect the connector. olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
– Detach the socket by turning it in directionhoris of the -arrow-. nte
eo
aut ra
– Install a new light and check that it works
ss properly. c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. Fog lights 115

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

7 License plate light

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth
olks strap is reconnected, check
wag does
no ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, d bclock, central locking, electric win‐uara
yV tg
dows, etc.) accordingrise to the repair manual and/or instructions nte
for use. tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

Special tools and workshop equipment required

pt
an
d
itte

y li
♦ Spatula - VW 037-
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

7.1 License plate light (Fox) - remove and

com

tion in

install
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r

Removal:
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
n

t.
yi Co
op
key from ignition. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 . op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Release the lock -arrow- of license plate light.
AG.

– Disengage the license plate light from its housing, and release
its connector.
– Remove the license plate light.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installing, check the license plate light functioning.

116 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

7.2 Number plate light -X- (Fox) - replace

bulb
Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the license plate light ⇒ page 116
wage
n AG. . Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
– Release the socket -1- by turning
ed
by it towards the -arrow-. ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
Installation: ss
a c

ce
e
nl

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

pt
du

an
observing the following:
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Install a new light and check that it works properly.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
7.3 License plate light (CrossFox) - remove
and install
l purpos

Removal:

nform
ercia

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
m

at
key from ignition.
om

ion
c

in t
r

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

o

his
ate

do
riv

– Release the lock -arrow- of license plate light.

p

cum
for

en

– Disengage the license plate light from its housing, and release
ng

t.
yi Co
its connector. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Remove the license plate light. pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installing, check the license plate light functioning.

7.4 License plate light -X- (Crossfox) - re‐

place lamp
Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the license plate light ⇒ page 117 .

7. License plate light 117

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Detach the socket by turning it in direction of the -arrow-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Install a new light and check that it works properly.

7.5 Number plate light (Spacefox/Suran) -

remove and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the securing bolts -arrows-.
– Disengage the tail light carefully, and release its connector.
– Remove the lamp from the rear lid.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Installation: Volksw not
gu
by ara
d
Installation is performed oinrisereverse sequence to that of removal, ntee
observing the following: au
th or
ac
ss
– After installing, check the license plate light functioning.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

7.6 License plate light -X- (Spacefox/Suran)

ility
ot p

wit

- replace lamp
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Removal:
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
rrectness of i

– Remove the license plate light ⇒ page 118 .

l purpos

– Press locks towards -arrows-.

nform
ercia

– Remove the lamp.

m

at
om

io

Installation:
n
c

in t
or

his
e

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

at

do
riv

observing the following:

p

cum
for

en
g

– Install a new light and check that it works properly.

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

118 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

8 Additional brake light

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 . en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
Notess c

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

an
d
itte

y li
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are

wit
is n

provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐

h re
tion).
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

t to the co
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

rrectne
Special tools and workshop equipment required

ss o
♦ Spatula - VW 037-
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8.1 Auxiliary brake light - remove and install

Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove auxiliary brake light -1-carefully using the Spatula -
VW 037- .

8. Additional brake light 119

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Disengage the connector -1- and remove the auxiliary brake

light-2-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installing, check functioning.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

120 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

9 Switch set

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque wrench 2 to 10 Nm - VAG 1783-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

9.1 Direction and wiper switches / glasses

wit
is n

h re
ole,

washer (version 1) - remove and install

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Removal:
t to the co

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
rrectne

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

ss

– Place the steering wheel in centre position (straight wheels).

o
cial p

f in

– Remove the steering wheel.⇒ Chassis, axles, steering; Rep.

form
mer

gr. 48 ; Steering .
atio
om

– Remove the steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,

n
c

i
or

interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Linings/insulations .

thi
te

sd
va

If necessary, for versions with airbag:

i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Remove the airbag coil contact and return coil w / slip ring -
t.
yi Co
F138- (if necessary) ⇒ Body - Works mounting internal; Rep. Cop py
t. rig
gr. 69 ; Occupant protection . gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Switch set 121

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

For all the versions:

– Loosen fastening screw-1 - from the switch set.
– Disconnect connectors -arrows- from switch set.
– Remove the switch set.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

– Place the switch set through the points indicated by the

-arrows-.

WARNING

♦ Be careful not to press the horn contact spring -1- during

assembly, in order to prevent operation impairment.

– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (3 Nm).

Note

After assembly, conduct a thorough verification of the switch set

for possible interferences. swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility

9.2 Direction and wiper switches / glasses

ot

wit
, is n

washer (version 2) - remove and install

h re
hole

spec

Removal:
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
rrectness of i

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

l purpos

– Place the steering wheel in centre position (straight wheels).

– Remove the steering wheel.⇒ Chassis, axles, steering; Rep.
nform
ercia

gr. 48 ; Steering .
m

– Remove the steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,

com

tio

interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Linings/insulations .

n in
r
te o

thi

– If necessary, remove the airbag coil contact and return coil w /

s
iva

do

slip ring - F138- (if necessary) ⇒ Body - Works mounting in‐

r
rp

cum
fo

ternal; Rep. gr. 69 ; Occupant protection .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

122 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen fastening screw-1 - from the switch set.

– Disconnect the connector by releasing gthe
en Alock
G. Vo-arrow-.
lkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
– Remove the switch set. byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
Installation: ss
au ra
c

ce
le
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
un

pt
an
observing the following:
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (3 Nm).
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

9.3 Connectors pinout in the switch set for

t to the co
turn lights and window wipers/washers

rrectness of i
The pinout of the switch set connectors for turn lights and window
wipers/washers is described in the electrical diagrams ⇒ Current
l purpos

flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Switch set 123

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

10 Steering lock set

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities areed by V gu
ara
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
horis nte
eo
tion). s aut ra
c
s
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du

hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐

an
itte

y li
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
erm

ab
for use.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
10.1 Steering lock set - remove and install
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Removal:

t to the co
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.

rrectness of i
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
l purpos

– Remove the turn signal light and wiper/washer switch

⇒ page 121 .

nf
ercia

o
– Remove the key cylinder ⇒ page 126 .

rm
m

atio
m

– Remove the ignition and starter switch ⇒ page 128 .

o

n in
or c

thi
– Remove the snap bolts -arrows- using a drill with a suitable
te

sd
a

drill bit or chisel, if necessary.

iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
WARNING
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Wear goggles.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the steering lock set.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Position the steering lock set.

Note

Check the positioning of the steering lock set in the steering col‐
umn.

124 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Carefully tighten the snap bolts until their heads -arrows-

wagesnap.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es ks not
Vol gu
– Install the turn indicator and wiper/washer switches
ed
by ara
nte
⇒ page 121 . thoris eo
a u ra
– Install the lock cylinder ⇒ page 126 . ss c

ce
le
un

pt
– Install the ignition and starter switch ⇒ page 128 .

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

10. Steering lock set 125

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

11 Ignition/starter switch and key cylin‐

der

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion). n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected,
by
Vol check ve‐
k ot g
ua
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking,
ris
ed electric win‐ ran
tee
dows, etc.) according to the repair manualtho and/or instructions or
au
for use. ss
ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
11.1 Key cylinder - remove and install
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Removal:
ot p

wit
, is n

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove

h re
hole

the key from the ignition.

spec
es, in part or in w

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

t to the co
– Place the steering wheel on the central position (straight
wheels).

rrectness of i
– Remove the steering wheel ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
l purpos

Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering .

– Remove upper and lower steering column coverings ⇒ Gen‐
nform
ercia

eral body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Linings/insulations

m

at

– Carefully disconnect the connector -arrow- from the Immobil‐

om

io

izer reading coil - D2- in the key cylinder.

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

Note
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
The Immobilizer reader coil - D2- is fastened to the key cylinder Cop py
t. rig
and cannot be replaced individually. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Insert the ignition key in the key cylinder, and turn to “on” po‐
Prote AG.

sition.
Key positions in the key cylinder:
1- Off “position”
2- On “position”
3- Start “position”

126 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ho
ir se Fox tee2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
t or
au ac Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
ss

ce
e
nl
– Insert a steel wire (approx. ∅1.2 mm) in the hole beside the

pt
du

an
itte
key cylinder -arrow-.

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
– Unlock the safety lever from the key cylinder with the steel wire
yi Co
op py
-arrow-, and extract the key cylinder from the steering lock set. t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
1- Key cylinder
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2- Steel wire (approx. ∅ 1.2 mm)
3- Safety lever

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Insert the ignition key in the key cylinder, and turn to “on” po‐
sition.
– Unlock the retention lever with a wire (approx. ∅ 1.2 mm) and
place the key cylinder in the steering lock set.

Note

When positioning the key cylinder, make sure that the Immobilizer
reader coil - D2- connection is in the steering lock set guide.

– Remove the wire from the key cylinder and check if the cylinder
seats correctly in the steering lock set.

– Engage the connector -arrow- for the Immobilizer reading coil

- D2- in the key cylinder.

11. Ignition/starter switch and key cylinder 127

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

11.2 Ignition/starter switch -D- - remove and

install
Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition. n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page b1y V. olk ot g
ua
d ran
se
– Remove the turn signal light andho wiper/washer switches
ri (ver‐ tee
ut or
sion 1) ⇒ page 121 . ss
a ac

ce
e

– Remove the turn signal light and wiper/washer switches (ver‐

nl

pt
du

an
sion 2) ⇒ page 122 .
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Disconnect the multiple connector from the Ignition switch -

ility
ot p

D- .

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove the sealing paint from fastening screws -1-.
hole

spec
– Release the securing bolts -1- and extract the Ignition switch
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- D- in the direction of the -arrow- from the steering lock hous‐
ing.

rrectness of i
Installation:
l purpos

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

observing the following:

nf
ercia

– Insert the Ignition Switch - D- in the steering lock set.

orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

Note
or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

While installing, make sure the Ignition switch - D- and the key
rp

cu
o

cylinder are at the same position, for example “ignition on”.

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Tighten the fastening screws and seal with sealing paint. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
– Connect the multi-pin connector to the Ignition switch - D- .
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

11.3 Ignition switch -D- - pinout

The pinout of the Ignition switch - D- is described in the electrical
diagrams ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fit‐
ting locations.

128 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
12 Auxiliary parking
yV
olkssystem
wage es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
oris tee
h
WARNING aut or
ac
ss

ce
e
nl
Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

pt
du

an
essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
itte

y li
⇒ page 1 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .

rrectness of i
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
l purpos

provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐

tion).

nform
ercia

♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
m

at
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
om

ion
for use.
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

General description:
p

cum
for

en
g

The auxiliary parking system and /or PDC (Park Distance Control)
n

t.
yi Co
assists the driver to park by measuring the distance between the Cop py
. rig
rear bumper and the obstacle behind the vehicle, and indicating
t
gh ht
yri by
this information through an audible alarm. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
The auxiliary parking system is comprised by the elements below:
AG.

♦ o Control unit for parking aid - J446-

♦ o Warning buzzer for rear parking aid - H15-
♦ o Parking aid sensor, left rear - G203-
♦ o Parking aid sensor, left rear, centre - G204-
♦ o Parking aid sensor, right rear, centre - G205-
♦ o Parking aid sensor, right rear - G206-

12.1 Locating defects and indicating faults

The auxiliary parking system is equipped with a self-diagnosis
function.
For fault location, one must use System diagnostic vehicular and
Technical Information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment ⇒ Gen‐
eral information; Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and harnesses .

12. Auxiliary parking system 129

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

12.2 Auxiliary parking system - assembly

general view Volkswa n AG. gen AG
wage does
Fox: Volks not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

CrossFox:
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Spacefox / Suran:

130 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Parking aid sensor, right

rear - G206-
❑ Located on rear bumper
covering.
❑ Remove and install
(Fox) ⇒ page 134 . . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
❑ Remove and Volkinstall
swa not
(Crossfox) d by gu
ara
⇒ page rise134 . nte
tho eo
u ra
❑ Remove
ss a and install c
(Spacefox / Suran)

ce
le
un

pt
⇒ page 135 .

an
d
itte

y li
2 - Parking aid sensor, right
erm

ab
ility
rear, centre - G205-
ot p

wit
is n

❑ Located on rear bumper

h re
ole,

covering.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Remove and install

t to the co
(Fox) ⇒ page 134 .
❑ Remove and install
(Crossfox)

rrectne
⇒ page 134 .
❑ Remove and install

ss
(Spacefox / Suran)

o
cial p

f
⇒ page 135 .
inform
mer

3 - Parking aid sensor, left rear,

atio

centre - G204-
om

n
c

❑ Located on rear bumper

i
or

n thi
e

covering.
t

sd
iva

o
r

❑ Remove and install

p

cum
r
fo

(Fox) ⇒ page 134 .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Remove and install Cop py
t. rig
(Crossfox) yri
gh by
ht
⇒ page 134 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Remove and install Prote AG.
(Spacefox / Suran)
⇒ page 135 .
4 - Parking aid sensor, left rear - G203-
❑ Located on rear bumper covering.
❑ Remove and install (Fox) ⇒ page 134 .
❑ Remove and install (Crossfox) ⇒ page 134 .
❑ Remove and install (Spacefox / Suran) ⇒ page 135 .
5 - Warning buzzer for rear parking aid - H15-
❑ Located under driver's seat.
❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 132 .
6 - Control unit for parking aid - J446-
❑ Located under driver's seat.
❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 131 .

12.3 Control unit for parking aid -J446- - re‐

move and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.

12. Auxiliary parking system 131

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

– Remove driver's seat ⇒ Body - Internal assembly work; Rep.
gr. 72 ; Seat framework .
– Remove fastening nuts -4- from module support -3-.
– Disconnect connectors and remove Control unit for parking aid
- J446- -1- along with module support -3-.
– Remove fastening nuts -2- and remove the Control unit for
parking aid - J446- -1-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

Note

♦ After installing the new Control unit for Park Assist steering -
J446- , it is necessary to perform its coding.
♦ For coding, using System diagnostic vehicular and Technical
Information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment ⇒ General in‐
formation; Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables
agen and harnesses
AG. Volkswagen AG d .
o w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
– Tighten securing ris nuts -2- with
ed (1 Nm) torque. ran
tee
tho or
– Tighten au
securing nuts -4- with (5 Nm) torque. ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt

12.4 Warning buzzer for rear parking aid -

an
d
itte

y li
erm

H15- - remove and install

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

Removal:
h re
ole,

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

key from ignition.

t to the co

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

– Remove driver's seat ⇒ Body - Internal assembly work; Rep.
rrectne

gr. 72 ; Seat framework .

– Remove fastening nuts -4- from module support -3-.
ss o
cial p

– Disconnect connector and remove the Warning buzzer for rear

inform

parking aid - H15- -1- along with the module support -3-.
mer

atio
m

– Remove fastening nuts -2- and remove the Warning buzzer

o

n
c

for rear parking aid - H15- -1-.

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

Installation:
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

t.
yi Co
op
observing the following: C py
ht. rig
rig ht
– After installation, check if the Warning buzzer for rear Park
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Assist steering - H15- is functioning. Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Tighten securing nuts -2- with (1 Nm) torque.

– Tighten securing nuts -4- with (5 Nm) torque.

132 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

12.5 Parking aid sensor - remove and install

Note

Removal and installation of the rear auxiliary parking system are

identical for the 4 sensors, and the description refers to one sen‐
sor only.
n AG. Volkswagen A
12.5.1 Parking aidVsensorolks
wage (Fox) - remove
G do
es n and
ot g
install orised by ua
ran
te eo
th
Removal: au ra
c
ss

ce
le

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
un

pt
an
d

key from ignition.

itte

y li
erm

ab
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

ility
ot p

wit
is n

– Remove the rear bumper -1- ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;

h re
Rep. gr. 63 ; Bumpers .
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Disconnect the connector -3- from the Park Pilot sensor -2-.

t to the co
– Carefully press the latches -arrows- and remove parking aid
sensor -2- by pulling it.

rrectne
Installation:

ss
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

o
cial p

f
observing the following:

inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

♦ The supports and sensors are supplied without painting.

♦ The sensor supports must be placed before the bumper cov‐
ering is painted, and the sensors must be painted before
assembly.
♦ Sensors may be painted with a layer of 100 µm only. To paint
the sensors, it is necessary to disconnect the connector.
♦ Avoid mechanical damages or damages caused by chemical
agents to the sensors.
♦ The measurement for painting -a- is 3 + 2 mm.

12. Auxiliary parking system 133

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Slightly sand bumper lining -5- internal surface -1-.

– Remove adhesive tape protection.
– Position supports-4 - in order to align them in parallel to the
upper bumper covering area -1-.
– When gluing the support, press it firmly.
– Check sealing ring -3-correct position.
– Fit parking aid sensor -2- to sensor support -4-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

12.5.2 Parking aid sensor (CrossFox) - remove

an
itte

y li
and install
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Removal:
, is n

h re
hole

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the

spec
key from ignition.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the rear bumper -1- ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;

rrectness of i
Rep. gr. 63 ; Bumpers .
l purpos

– Disconnect the connector -2- from the Park Pilot sensor -3-.
– Carefully press the latches -arrows- and remove parking aid

nform
ercia

sensor -3- by pulling it.

m

at
om

Installation: ion
c

in t
or

his
e

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

at

do
riv

observing the following:

p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

134 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Note

♦ The supports and sensors are supplied without painting.

♦ The sensor supports must be placed before the bumper cov‐
ering is painted, and the sensors must be painted before
assembly.
♦ Sensors may be painted with a layer of 100 µm only. To paint
the sensors, it is necessary to disconnect the connector.
♦ Avoid mechanical damages or damages caused by chemical
agents to the sensors.
♦ The measurement for painting -a- is 3 + 2 mm.

– Slightly sand bumper lining -5- internal surface -1-.

– Remove adhesive tape protection.
– Position the supports-4- in parallel alignment to the upper
bumper trim area -1-.
– When gluing the support, press it firmly.
– Check sealing ring -3-correct position.
– Fit parking aid sensor -2- to sensor support -4-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
12.5.3 Park Assist steering sensor (Spacefox/
ce
le
un

pt

Suran) - remove and install

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

Removal:
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
h re

key from ignition.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

12. Auxiliary parking system 135

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Fox 2010 ➤ , Foxori2014
se ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤ nte
h eo
Electrical systemaut - Edition 12.2016 ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl
– Remove the rear bumper -1- ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;

pt
du

an
Rep. gr. 63 ; Bumpers .
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Disconnect the connector -2- from the Park Pilot sensor -3-.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Carefully press the latches -arrows- and remove parking aid

h re
sensor -3- by pulling it.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ The supports and sensors are supplied without painting.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ The sensor supports must be placed before the bumper cov‐
AG.

ering is painted, and the sensors must be painted before

assembly.
♦ Sensors may be painted with a layer of 100 µm only. To paint
the sensors, it is necessary to disconnect the connector.
♦ Avoid mechanical damages or damages caused by chemical
agents to the sensors.
♦ The measurement for painting -a- is 3 + 2 mm.

– Slightly sand bumper lining -5- internal surface -1-.

– Remove adhesive tape protection.
– Position the supports-4- in parallel alignment to the upper
bumper trim area -1-.
– When gluing the support, press it firmly.
– Check sealing ring -3-correct position.
– Fit parking aid sensor -2- to sensor support -4-.

136 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

96 – Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

1 Internal lights and switches

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Spatula - VW 037-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

1.1 Cabin surveillance deactivation switch -

ility
ot p

wit

E267- - remove and install

, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Note
t to the co

The Cabin surveillance deactivation switch - E267- is installed on

rrectness of i

the lower lining of B-pillar, driver's side.

l purpos

Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
nf
ercia

the key from the ignition.

rm
m

atio
m

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co

137
by lksw
cted agen
Prote 1. Internal lights and switches
AG.
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Carefully disengage the Cabin surveillance deactivation

switch - E267- -1- with a Spatula - VW 037- .
– Disconnect the connector and remove the Interior monitoring
deactivation switch - E267- -1- from B-pillar lining -2- (left side
of the vehicle).

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installing the Cabin surveillance deactivation switch -
E267- - 3-, check its operation.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
1.2 Dashboard switches - remove
y Vol
ksw and in‐
ag does
not
gu
stall (version 1) or
ise
db ara
nte
eo
th
s au ra
c
s

ce
le

Note
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
♦ The switches must be removed from the dashboard with their
rm

ab
pe

ility
connectors on.
ot

wit
, is n

♦ To enable pulling the switch cable sufficiently, you may have

h re
hole

to remove the switch beside the cable.

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Covers installed according to each vehicle type may be care‐

t to the co
fully removed using a Spatula - VW 037- .
♦ Covers may be removed and installed in a similar way as for

rrectness of i
the switches.
l purpos

Removal:

nform
ercia

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
m

a
com

tio
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
n in
r
te o

thi

– Remove the radio cut-out cover ⇒ General body repairs, in‐

s
iva

do

terior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Internal equipment .

r
rp

cum
fo

en

– Remove the radio ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; Radio,

ng

t.
yi Co
telephone, navigation system . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Insert your hand through the panel opening as per -arrow A-. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Press the switches from inside the panel out as per Prote AG.
-arrow B-.
– Disconnect the connectors arrow and remove the switches.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

138 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
yFox
V 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
olk not
b gu
ara
rised
Electrical system - Edition nte12.2016
tho eo
au ra
1.3 Dashboard switches (vehicles without ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
radio) - remove and install (version 2)

du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
Note

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
♦ The switches must be removed from the dashboard with their

es, in part or in w
connectors on.

t to the co
♦ To enable pulling the switch cable sufficiently, you may have
to remove the switch beside the cable.

rrectness of i
♦ Covers installed according to each vehicle type may be care‐
fully removed using a Spatula - VW 037- .
l purpos

♦ Covers may be removed and installed in a similar way as for

nform
ercia

the switches.
m

at
om

Removal:

ion
c

in t
or

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove

his
ate

the key from the ignition.

do
priv

cum
or

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the radio cut-out cover ⇒ General body repairs, in‐ C py
ht. rig
terior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Internal equipment . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Insert your hand through the panel opening as per -arrow A-. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press the switches from inside the panel out as per

-arrow B-.
– Disconnect the connectors arrow and remove the switches.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

1.4 Dashboard switches (vehicles with ra‐

dio) - remove and install (version 3)

Note

♦ The switches must be removed from the dashboard with their

connectors on.
♦ To enable pulling the switch cable sufficiently, you may have
to remove the switch beside the cable.
♦ Covers installed according to each vehicle type may be care‐
fully removed using a Spatula - VW 037- .
♦ Covers may be removed and installed in a similar way as for
the switches.

Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the radio ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; Radio,
telephone, navigation system .

1. Internal lights and switches 139

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Insert your hand through the panel opening as per -arrow A-.
– Press the switches from inside the panel out as per
-arrow B-.
– Disconnect the connectors arrow and remove the switches.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

1.5 Light switch -E1- - remove and install

The Light switch - E1- integrate the components below:
♦ Fog headlight switch - E7-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Fog taillight switch - E18- olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
♦ Light switch lighting lamp - L9- horis nte
eo
aut ra
Removal: ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Note
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

Switch must be removed from the dashboard with their connec‐

wit
, is n

h re
tors on.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove

t to the co
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

rrectness of i
– Place the Light switch - E1- on position “0”.
l purpos

– Press firmly the Light switch - E1- -arrow 1- and turn slightly
to the right -arrow 2-.

nform
ercia

– Keep the button in this position and remove the Light switch -
m

a
E1- by moving it out of its housing -arrow 3-.
com

tion in
r

– Disconnect its respective connector.

te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

Installation:
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
Co
op py
observing the following:
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
– Connect the connector.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press firmly the Light switch - E1- button- arrow 1- and turn
slightly to the right -arrow 2-.
– Keep the button in this position and move the Light switch -
E1- in order to install it in its housing on the instrument panel
-arrow 3-.
– Turn the button up to position “0”, release and lock the Light
switch - E1- .

140 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1.6 Glove compartment light -W6-

1.6.1 Glove compartment light - W6- - remove

and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Carefully disengage the Glove compartment light - W6- -1-
with a Spatula - VW 037- to lever it from behind the diffuser
lens.
– Disengage connector -2- and remove the Glove compartment
light - W6- .

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

Note

Check glove compartment switch operation. Light must not be on

when glove compartment lid is closed.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
1.6.2 Glove compartment light - W6- - replace ised byV gu
ara
nte
r
lamp aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove

ce
e
nl

pt
du

the key from the ignition.

an
itte

y li
erm

– Remove the Glove compartment light - W6- ⇒ page 141

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove lamp -1- from diffuser lens -2-

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Check glove compartment switch operation. Light must not be on

when glove compartment lid is closed.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Internal lights and switches 141

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

2 Front door lights and switches

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical
wasystem
gen AG activities
. Volkswagen Aare
G do
e
provided after disconnecting thebBattery
yV
olks - A- (current interrup‐ s no
t gu
tion). ris
ed ara
nte
tho eo
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth
sa
u strap is reconnected, check ve‐ ra
c
hicle equipment (radio, sclock, central locking, electric win‐

ce
le

dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions

un

pt
an
d

for use.
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Special tools and workshop equipment required
ot

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Spatula - VW 037- .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

2.1 Door contact switches - remove and in‐

r
rp

cum
fo

stall
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The removal and installation of contact switches is identical on
both sides; the procedure below refers only to one of the switches.

Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the retaining screw -arrow-.

142 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Front door:
– Remove the Driver's door contact switch - F2- and/or Pas‐
senger's door contact switch - F3- .
Rear door:

– Left rear door contact switch - F10- and/or Right rear door
contact switch - F11- .

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten the fastening screw to (2 Nm).

2.2 Front/rear window drive switches and

window lock switch - remove and install
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
♦ The switch frame is not removable; pictures
ut
ho show them sep‐ eo
ra
arated for better visualization. ss a c
ce
e

♦ Switch removal and installation is similar for both sides and

nl

pt
du

an

only driver's door is depicted herein.

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Removal:
wit
, is n

h re

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
hole

spec

the key from the ignition.

es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

– Remove the driver door lining ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Lining / insulation .
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Front door lights and switches 143

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es
– Disengage switchesby-1-by
Volk
releasing side locks withnoat gSpatula
ua
- VW 037- . ris
ed ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
Installation: ss

ce
le
un

pt
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
2.3 Rear-view mirror adjustment switch -
com

tion in
E43- with Switch for rear-view mirror ad‐
r
te o

thi
s
justment -E48- - remove and install
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
The switch frame is not removable; pictures show them separated
c by lksw
cted agen
for better visualization.
Prote AG.

Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the driver door lining ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Lining / insulation .
– Disengage the mirror adjustment switch - E43- with the mirror
adjustment switch - E48- -1-by releasing its side locks with a
Spatula - VW 037- .
– Disconnect the connector.
– Remove the mirror adjustment switch - E43- with the mirror
adjustment switch - E48- -1-.

Installation:
Install in the reverse removal sequence.

144 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

2.4 Driver side interior locking switch -E150-

- remove and install
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removal: agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ar
– Turn theoris ignition and all electric consumers off, aand
e nte remove
theaukey
th from the ignition. eo
ra
ss c
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Carefully remove handle frame using a Spatula - VW 037- .

itte

y li
rm

ab
– Disengage the Driver side interior locking switch - E150- -1-
pe

ility
ot

by releasing its side retaining clips with the Spatula - VW 037- .

wit
, is n

h re
– Disconnect switch connector.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installation:
Install in the reverse removal sequence.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Front door lights and switches 145

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3 Lights and switches in luggage com‐

partment

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activitiesedare
by
V gu
ara
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (currentthinterrup‐
oris nte
eo
tion). s au ra
c
s
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du

hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐

an
itte

y li
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
erm

ab
for use.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Special tools and workshop equipment required
hole

spec
♦ Spatula - VW 037- .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

3.1 Luggage compartment lighting switch -

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
F5- - remove and install
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Note
AG.

The switch is located in the luggage compartment lock, and is only

replaced along with the lock.

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove and install the luggage compartment lock ⇒ General
body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 55 ; Lids .

146 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3.2 Boot light -W3-

3.2.1 Luggage compartment light - W3- (Fox/

Crossfox) - remove and install
Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Carefully remove the luggage compartment light by using a gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
Scraper - VW 037- to make a lever from behind the diffuserVolkswa not
lens. ed
by gu
ara
is nte
or
– Disengage the connector -arrow- and remove the aluggage
ut
h eo
ra
compartment lighting. ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
Installation:
itte

y li
erm

ab
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
3.2.2 Luggage compartment light - W3-
(Spacefox/Suran) - remove and install

rrectne
Removal:

ss o
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
cial p

f in
the key from the ignition.

form
mer

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

atio
om

n
c

– Carefully remove the luggage compartment light by using a

i
or

n thi
e

Scraper - VW 037- to make a lever from behind the diffuser

t

sd
va

lens.
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
– Disengage the connector -arrow- and remove the luggage
ng

t.
yi Co
compartment lighting. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Installation:
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

3.2.3 Luggage compartment light - W3- - re‐

place lamp
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.

3. Lights and switches in luggage compartment 147

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove the luggage compartment lighting fixture

⇒ page 147 .
– Unclip the retaining clip -arrow- with a screwdriver and remove
the fixture of the Luggage compartment lighting - W3- .

– Remove the Luggage compartment lighting fixture - W3- with

a screwdriver, and remove the lamp -2-.
– Replace the lamp in the Boot lighting - W3- (12V - 5W).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

148 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

4 Roof lining lights and switches

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Spatula - VW 037-
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

4.1 Internal front light -W1-

rrectne

Note
ss

To replace the Front interior light. - W1- , remove the internal light
o
cial p

diffuser lens only.

inform
mer

atio

4.1.1 Front interior light - W1- - remove and

om

n
c

install
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

Removal:
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
t.
yi Co
op
key from ignition. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Roof lining lights and switches 149

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition
wa12.2016
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
– Carefully insert the Spatula
rised
- VW 037- in the indicated places nte
-arrows- and disengage
autho
the diffuser lens -1- by pulling it out of eo
ra
the Front interiorsslight - W1- -2-. c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Loosen the fastening screws -1- and unlock the locks in the
direction of movement -arrows- of the Front internal light - W1-
l purpos

-2-.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Disconnect the connector -1- and remove the Front interior cted agen
Prote AG.
light - W1- -2-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

4.1.2 Front interior light - W1- - replace lamp

Note

To replace the Front interior light. - W1- , remove the internal light
diffuser lens only.

150 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
olksw
AG. V agen AG
agen does
lksw not
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices,d bandy V remove the
o gu
ara
key from ignition. rise nte
tho eo
– Carefully insert the Spatula - VW 037- s auin the location ra
c
s
-arrows- and disengage the diffuser lens -1- by pulling it out of

ce
le
un

pt
the Front interior light - W1- -2-.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectnes
– Move the contact blade -1- and remove the lamp (K12V, 10W)

s o
-2- from the Front interior light - W1- -3-.
cial p

f inform
– Install a new light, and check functioning.
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.2 Internal front light -W1- with reading light

The Front interior light - W1- comprises the following components:
♦ Driver's side reading light - W19- .
♦ Front passenger reading light - W13- .
♦ Anti-theft alarm system ultrasonic sensor - G209- .

Note

To replace the Front interior light. - W1- , remove the internal light
diffuser lens only.

4.2.1 Front interior light - W1- with reading

light - remove and install
Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

4. Roof lining lights and switches 151

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Remove light lens -1- towards -arrow- with the Scraper - VW

037- .

– Loosen and remove fastening screws -arrows- from the inter‐

nal lighting fixture.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Release the connectors -arrows- and remove the interior light‐
pe

ility
ing fixture from the roof lining.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Installation:

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

t
– Tighten the securing bolts -arrows- to the torque of (1.5 Nm).
ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.2.2 Front interior light - W1- with reading

light - replace lamp
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

152 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 AG. Volkswagen AG d Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
agen oes Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
olksw not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
– Remove ho light lens -1- towards -arrow- with the Scraper e o - VW
ut
037-
ss a . ra
c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Replace the lamp -1- (C5W - 12V, 10W).
l purpos

– Install a new light, and check functioning.

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
4.2.3 Left centre reading light - W39- and/or
AG.

Right centre reading light - W40- - re‐

place lamp
– Remove the internal lighting fixture ⇒ page 151 .
– Rotate the socket -1- and/or -2- with the Left centre reading
light - W39- bulb and/or Right centre reading light - W40- bulb
in the direction of the -arrows-.

– Remove lamp-1- (W5W - 12V, 5W) towards -arrow- from the

respective socket -2-.
– Replace the lamp (W5W - 12V, 5W).

4. Roof lining lights and switches 153

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

4.3 Internal front light -W1- with sun roof

The Front interior light - W1- comprises the following components:
♦ Driver's side reading light - W19- .
♦ Front passenger reading light - W13- .
♦ Sliding sunroof adjustment regulator - E139- .
♦ Anti-theft alarm system ultrasonic sensor - G209- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note d by V gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
To replace the
s a Front interior lightbulb - W1- , remove the internal
u ra
c
light diffuser lens only. s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
4.3.1 Front internal light - W1- with sun roof -
erm

ab
ility
remove and install
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Note

t to the co
When removing and installing visible components (switches, cov‐
ers, linings, etc.), protect the zones where tools are applied to

rrectne
function as levers.
s
Removal:
s o
cial p

f i

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
nform

key from ignition.

mer

atio
m

– Undock the cover -1- and Front internal light - W1- -2-, by using
o

n
c

the Scraper - VW 037- .

or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Disengage the connector -1- from the interior front light - W1-
and the connector -2- from the Sliding sunroof adjustment
regulator - E139- .

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

154 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

4.3.2 Sliding sunroof adjustment regulator -

E139- - remove and install swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
olk not
Removal: yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices,
aut and remove the ra
key from ignition. ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
– Remove the Interior front light - W1- ⇒ page 154

du

an
itte

y li
erm
– Disconnect connector -1- and connector -2- of the Sliding sun‐

ab
ility
roof adjustment regulator - E139- .
ot p

wit
, is n
– Unclip the retaining clips -arrows- and pull the sliding sunroof

h re
hole

adjustment regulator - E139- -3- out of its housing.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
4.3.3 Front interior light - W1- with sun roof -
om

ion
c

replace lamp

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

Note

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
When removing and installing visible components (switches, cov‐
ht rig
rig ht
by
ers, linings, etc.), protect the zones where tools are applied to copy Vo
by lksw
function as levers. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Remove the front interior light - W1- ⇒ page 154 .
– Release the diffuser lens -1-, with a screwdriver, by pressing
the locks on both sides, according to the detail -arrow-.

4. Roof lining lights and switches 155

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
– Remove the lamp (C5W - 12V, 10W) -1- from the Front interior byV
olk ot g
ua
light - W1- . ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
– Install a new light and check that it works properly.
ss
au ac

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
4.3.4 Driver side reading light - W19- and/or

rrectne
Passenger side reading light - W13- -

s
replace the bulbs

s o
cial p

f inform
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
mer

key from ignition.

atio
om

n
– Remove the Interior front light - W1- ⇒ page 154 .
c

i
or

n thi
te

– Turn the sockets -1- with the reading light bulb in the direction

sd
iva

o
of the -arrow-, and remove them from the Front interior light -
pr

cum
r
fo

W1- assembly.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
The quantity of supports varies depending on the version.

Reading light at driver/passenger side with sunroof - replace the

lamps

– Remove the bulb-1- (W5W - 12V, 5W) as indicated -arrow-

from the respective socket -2-.
– Replace the lamp (W5W - 12V, 5W).
– Install a new light, and check functioning.

4.4 Make-up mirror lighting - remove and in‐

stall

Note

♦ When removing and installing visible components (switches,

covers, linings, etc.), protect the zones where tools are applied
to function as levers.
♦ Disassembling/assembling of both lamps is identical; the de‐
scription refers to only one side.

156 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
Removal: ed
by
V ua
ran
ris tee
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers
au
th off, and remove
o
or
ac
the key from the ignition. ss

ce
le
un
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Raise the lighting fixture carefully with a Spatula - VW 037- or

rm

ab
pe
a screwdriver and remove it from the roof lining.

ility
ot

wit
, is n
– Disengage the connector.

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the lighting fixture from the make-up mirror.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

4.4.1 Vanity mirror light bulb - L31- - replace

a
com

tion in
r

– Remove the lighting fixture from the make-up mirror

te o

thi
⇒ page 156 .

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
– Move the contact blade -1- as indicated by the -arrow- and
fo

en
ng

remove the vanity mirror light bulb - L31- -2- from the housing.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Replace the vanity mirror light bulb - L31- -2- (12V - 5W).
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.5 Rear reading light -W11- and/or -W12- -

remove e install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Carefully undock the Left rear reading light - W11- and/or Right
rear reading light - W12- using the Nylon wedge - 3409- or
spatula - VW 037- .
– Disconnect its respective connector.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– After installation, check for proper function of the Left rear
reading light - W11- and/or Right rear reading light - W12- .

4. Roof lining lights and switches 157

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

4.5.1 Left rear reading light - W11- and/or

Right rear reading light - W12- - replace
bulb
– Remove the Left rear reading light - W11- and/or Right rear
reading light - W12- ⇒ page 157 .
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Remove the rear cover -1-olkby
swasliding in the direction
g doeshown.
s no
yV t gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the bulb -1- by carefully moving the contact blade.

rrectness of i
– Replacing the lamp.
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

158 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

5 Horns

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
tion).
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
for use.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - 5 to 50 Nm (fit. 1/2") - VAG 1331-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

5.1 Treble tone horn -H2- - assembly overview

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Horns 159
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Fastening support
2 - Hexagonal nuts
❑ 11 ± 2 Nm.
3 - Bolt
❑ 15 ± 2 Nm.
4 - Treble tone horn - H2- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
❑ Remove and install byV
o ot g
ua
⇒ page 160 . ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.1.1 Treble tone horn - H2- - remove and in‐

stall
Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

160 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Disengage the Treble tone horn - H2- connector -4-.

– Loosen fastening nuts -2-and remove Treble tone horn - H2-
with its support.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten the securing nuts -2- to a (11 ± 2 Nm) torque.

5.2 Horn plate -H-

The horn activation occurs through the plastic cover located in the
centre of the steering wheel. Depending onn Athe . Vequipment,
olkswagen AG the
horn activation devices integrated toolkthe ge G
swa steering wheel or to dothe
es n
ot g
Igniter for driver's airbag - N95-dcannot
by V be replaced individually: ua
rae nte
ris
In vehicles with airbag, replace
tho the Igniter for driver's airbag - N95- eo
au ra
⇒ Body - Internal assemblyss works; Rep. gr. 69 ; Passenger c
protection .
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

On vehicles without airbag, replace the Horn plate - H- ⇒ Running

itte

y li
rm

gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering . ab

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Horns 161
 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

6 Immobilizer

6.1 Immobilizer control unit -J362- - replace

The Immobilizer control unit - J362- -J362- is integrated to the
Combined instrument - K- . If the Immobilizer control unit - J362-
is damages, it is necessary to replace the entire Combined in‐
strument - K- .
– Replace the Combined instrument - K- ⇒ page 43 .

6.2 Immobilizer reading coil -D2- - remove

and install
The Immobilizer reading coil - D2- is installed in the key cylinder,
and cannot be replaced individually.
– If the Immobilizer reading coil - D2- is damaged, the key cyl‐
inder must be replaced ⇒ page 126 .

6.3 Ignition key - variable code transponder

Note

♦ It is not possible to replace the variable code transponder from

the ignition key.
♦ If the variable code transponder is damaged, the ignition key
must be replaced.
♦ In case of replacing an ignition key or if an additional key is
n AG. Volkswagen A
necessary, alwaysolkadapt
swa the new ignition key
ge G do
too the immobil‐
es n
izer ⇒ page 162
db
y .
V t gu
ar
e an
ris tee
tho or
6.4 Ignition key - adapt to immobilizer
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt

To adapt of the ignition key to the immobilizer, you must use the
du

an
itte

Vehicle diagnosis system and Technical information - VAS

y li
erm

ab

5052A- or further equipment.

ility
ot p

wit

– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis and technical information sys‐

, is n

h re

tem - VAS 5052A- or later equipment ⇒ General Information;

hole

Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and wire harnesses in the 16-pin diag‐

spec
es, in part or in w

nose connector - T16- -arrow-.

t to the co

– Turn the ignition on.

– Turn off all electrical equipment.
rrectness of i

– Continue by selecting the desired functions ⇒ Vehicle diag‐

l purpos

nostic tester.
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

6.5 Ignition key - replace battery

o

his
ate

do
riv

Replacing the battery on the ignition key with remote command

p

cum
for

⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Front doors/ com‐

en
ng

t.
yi
ponents/ central lock .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

162 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

7 Alarm System
General description:
The anti-theft alarm system functions are integrated to the Central
control unit for convenience system - J393- .
When the Central control unit for the convenience system - J393-
is damaged or defective, replace it ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Front doors/ components/ central lock .
It is crucial to know how the alarm systems operate and are han‐
dled ⇒ Vehicle's instruction manual .
The anti-theft alarm system is equipped with self-diagnosis, which
facilitates troubleshooting ⇒ page 163 .

7.1 Locating defects and indicating faults

To localize faults, you must use the Vehicle diagnosis system and
technical information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis and technical information
ed
by sys‐
V ua
ran
tem - VAS 5052A- or later equipment ⇒ GeneralhoInformation;
ris tee
Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and wire harnesses in theaut16-pin diag‐ or
ac
nose connector - T16- -arrow-. ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Turn the ignition on.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Turn off all electrical equipment.

ility
ot p

– Continue by selecting the desired functions ⇒ Vehicle diag‐

wit
, is n

h re
nostic tester.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

After triggering the anti-theft alarm system, it is possible to check

rrectness of i
for the alarm source memorized in the Central control unit for the
convenience system - J393- .
l purpos

nf
ercia

7.2 Anti-theft alarm system - activate and

orm
m

deactivate

atio
om

n in
or c

Activate the anti-theft alarm system: thi

te

sd
iva

The anti-theft alarm system turns on automatically when the ve‐

o
r
rp

cu

hicle is locked.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Before locking the vehicle, you must close completely all windows
AG.

and doors, in order to prevent unnecessary alarm triggering.

However, this is not necessary in vehicles with one-touch closing.

Deactivate the anti-theft alarm system through the manual com‐

mand:
♦ The anti-theft alarm system deactivates if the vehicle is un‐
locked through activation of the unlocking key, or when the
ignition is turned on.
Open the vehicle with key (emergency opening):
♦ Turn the key in the driver's door lock to the opening position.
♦ Open only the driver's door.

7. Alarm System 163

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

Note

Therefore, you must not open any other door, bonnet or rear lid;
otherwise, the alarm will be triggered.

However, the anti-theft alarm system remains activated, but there

is no alarm triggering.
– Turn the ignition on within 15 seconds.
After 15 seconds, the alarm will be triggered if the ignition is not
turned on.
When the ignition is turned on, the electronic system recognizes
the valid ignition key and deactivates the anti-theft alarm system.

7.3 Ultra-sound sensor for alarm system -

G209- - remove and install

7.3.1 Vehicles with Front interior light - W1-

with reading light - remove and install
The Ultra-sound sensor for alarm system - G209- is comprised of
2 individual sensors -arrows- , cables and a command element in
the rear section of the interior front alight,
gen AGand cannot
. Volkswagen Abe
G doreplaced
individually. The Ultra-sound olksw for the alarm systeme-sG209-
sensor not
y V gu
b
must only be replaced together
ris
ed with the complete assembly. arant
ee
tho or
– Remove and install
s a the interior front light ⇒ page 151 .
u ac
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

7.3.2 Vehicles with Front interior light - W1-

t to the co

with sun roof - remove and install

rrectness of i

Removal:
l purpos

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
nform
ercia

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

m

at

– Disengage cover -1- with Scraper - VW 037- from the respec‐

om

io

tive fittings -arrows-.

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

164 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Disconnect the connector -arrow A- from the Ultra-sound sen‐

sor of the anti-theft alarm system - G209- -2-.
– Move the Ultrasound sensor of the anti-theft alarm system -
G209- assembly -2- as indicated by -arrow B- and remove it
from the trim -1-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:

– Install the Ultra-sound sensor of the anti-theft alarm system -

G209- assembly -1- onto cover -2- according to the -arrow-,
by clipping it in -arrows-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
7.4 Alarm system horn -H8- - assembly overview ss a c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Alarm System 165

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox ir se
d 2011 ➤ ran
tee
o
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
auth or
ac
ss

ce
le
1 - Bolt

un

pt
an
d
itte
❑ 20 Nm.

y li
erm

ab
2 - Alarm system horn - H8-

ility
ot p

wit
is n
❑ For vehicles with power

h re
steering.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
❑ Remove and install

t to the co
⇒ page 166 .

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.4.1 Alarm system horn - H8- - remove and

install
Removal:
– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
the key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

166 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olkswFox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤not , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
byV gu
a
rised
Electrical system -raEdition
nte 12.2016
ho eo
aut ra
– Disconnect the Alarm system horn s-s H8- connector. c

ce
le
un

pt
– Loosen the fastening screw-1- (20 Nm) and remove the Alarm

an
d
itte
system horn - H8- -2-.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot
Installation:

wit
, is n

h re
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

hole

spec
observing the following:

es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (20 Nm).

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Alarm System 167

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

97 – Wiring
1 Fuse and relay support

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A- AG. Volkswagen A
⇒ page 1 . olks
wage
n G do
es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request
erm

ab
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .

ility
ot p

wit
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are
, is n

h re
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
hole

spec
tion).
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions

rrectness of i
for use.
l purpos

1.1 Fuse and relay support - remove and in‐

stall

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
Removal:
om

n in
c

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove
or

thi
e

the key from the ignition.

t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the screws -1- that fasten the fuse support to the
Co
Cop py
panel.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Remove the support by pushing it into the panel.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.
– Tighten fastening screws to a torque of (3.5 Nm).

168 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

2 Coupling stations and engine com‐

partment bellows lid

WARNING

Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐

essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
⇒ page 1 .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
Note yV
olks es n
ot g
d b ua
ran
ir se tee
♦ Check whether
utho the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request
or
the anti-theft
ss
a
code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .ac

ce
e
nl

♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are

pt
du

an
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
itte

y li
erm

tion).

ab
ility
ot p

♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

wit
, is n

hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐

h re
hole

dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions

spec
for use.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Special tools and workshop equipment required
rrectness of i
♦ Torque wrench 2 to 10 Nm - VAG 1783-
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
2.1 Coupling station on A-pillar - assembly
cted agen
Prote AG.

overview

Note

Replace whenever removed from body.

The coupling station is located near the upper door hinge on the
A-pillar.
1- Speaker and mirror.
2- Mirror and glass.
3- Locking and glass.

2. Coupling stations and engine compartment bellows lid 169

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
2.2 Coupling station on B-pillar - assembly lks es n
o ot g
byV ua
overview
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

Note

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Replace whenever removed from body.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

The coupling station is located near the upper door hinge on the

h re
ole,

B-pillar.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

1- Voltage supply to loudspeaker

t to the co
2- Door contact, alert lights

rrectne
3- Central locking

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

2.3 Boot cover on engine compartment par‐

t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
tition panel - remove and install
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
General description: Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Coupling station on engine compartment partition panel intercon‐ p by
co Vo
nects electric central in cabin with engine compartment. It is
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
located at the left side behind the dashboard, and behind the
AG.

windscreen wiper motor.

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Remove the windscreen wiper mechanism ⇒ page 69 .
– Remove fastening bolts -1- and remove boot cover -2-.

Installation:
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,
observing the following:
– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (3.5 Nm) torque.

170 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oesElectrical system
- Edition 12.2016
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o eo
3 Fuse box th
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
WARNING

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐ ot p

wit
essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-
is n

h re
⇒ page 1 .
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Note

rrectne
♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .

ss o
cial p

f
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are

inform
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
mer

tion).

atio
om

n
c

♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

i
or

n thi
hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐
te

sd
a

dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions

iv

o
pr

c
for use.

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Special tools and workshop equipment required
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Torque wrench 2 to 10 Nm - VAG 1783- cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Harness repair set - VAS 1978-

3.1 Fuse box - remove and install

Note

The fuse box is located over the Battery - A- in the engine com‐
partment.

3. Fuse box 171

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3.1.1 Main fuse holder (Version 1) - remove

and install
Removal:
Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove the
key from the ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .
– Unclip -arrow A- the positive Battery - A- pole cover -1- and
move the cover -1- as shown by -arrow B-.
– Release the locks -arrows A- of the cover -1-.

– Tilt the cover -1- towards -arrow B-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Release the securing nut -2- and remove the cable (B+) -1-.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Unlock -arrows A- the fuse covers -1- and lift them towards Cop py
- arrow B-.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

172 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Release the fastening locks -arrows- and remove the cover

-1-.

– Identify the pinout of cable terminals -A- with cable termi‐

nals-B-.

– Remove the fastening nuts -1- and remove the fuses -2-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

– Unlock the fuse holder -1- by moving it towards the -arrow-.

h re
hole

spec

– Remove the cable contacts with the tool indicated in the Har‐
es, in part or in w

ness repair set - VAS 1978- .

t to the co

– Remove the fuse box.

rrectness of i

Installation:
l purpos

Installation is performed in reverse sequence to that of removal,

observing the following:
nform
ercia

– Ensure the correct pinout and mounting of all cables to be

m

connected.
a
com

tion in

– Tighten the fastening nuts with (6 ± 1 Nm) torque.

r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Mount fuses according to the electric diagram ⇒ Current flow

do
r
rp

diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Fuse box 173

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

3.1.2 Main fuse holder (version 2) - remove

and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electricalendevices,
AG. Volkswand
agenremove
AG do the
key from ignition. olks
wag es n
o V t gu
by ara
– Disconnect the Batteryris-edA- ⇒ page 1 . nte
ho eo
ut
– Remove cover -1-sswith
a the aid of a screwdriver, unlocking the ra
c
locks located at the -arrows-.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Identify the position of the terminals for the -A- cables and re‐
itte

y li
move them.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the securing nuts -1- and the reinforcement -2-.

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove multiple fuse -1-.

– Remove side fuse housing -1-, detaching the locks according

to -A arrows-, pulling it up.

174 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 olkswagen AG
wag en AG. V
Fox 2010olks ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox
does
not 2011 ➤
yV gu
sed b Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
ara
n
ri tee
ho
ut or
– Loosen the locks towards the -arrows- of support
ss -1-.
a ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Installation:

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Installation is performed in the reverse sequence to the removal,

ility
ot p
observing the following

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note

es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ It is imperative that all conductors/terminals are installed back
into their respective locations.

rrectness of i
♦ Mount the fuses according to the Electrical Diagram ⇒ Current
flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.
l purpos

nf
ercia

– Tighten the securing nuts -1- to a (9 ± 1 Nm) torque.

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.1.3 Main fuse holder (version 3) - remove

and install
Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Press the retaining clip -arrow- and tilt the positive Battery - A-
pole cover to the right.
– Identify the position of the terminals for the -A- cables and re‐
move them.
– Remove the fuses.

– Remove the fastening nut -arrow-.

3. Fuse box 175

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen the locks towards the -arrows- support.

Installation:
Installation is performed in the reverse sequence to the removal,
observing the following

Note

♦ It is imperative that all conductors/terminals are installed back

into their respective locations.
♦ Mount the fuses according to the Electrical Diagram ⇒ Current
flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.

– Tighten the fastening nut -1- and the nuts on the cable termi‐
nals with a torque of (6 Nm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

176 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
4 Control units
by ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
WARNING

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Before carrying out any work in the electrical system, it is nec‐
erm

ab
essary to disconnect the earth wire of the Battery - A-

ility
ot p

⇒ page 1 .

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Note

♦ Check whether the vehicle has a coded radio. If so, request

rrectne
the anti-theft code before disconnecting the Battery - A- .
♦ The conditions to ensure safe electrical system activities are

ss o
provided after disconnecting the Battery - A- (current interrup‐
cial p

f in
tion).

form
mer

♦ When the Battery - A- , earth strap is reconnected, check ve‐

atio
m

hicle equipment (radio, clock, central locking, electric win‐

o

n
c

i
dows, etc.) according to the repair manual and/or instructions
or

n thi
e

for use.
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Special tools and workshop equipment required

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Diagnostic, testing and information system - VAS 5052A- or
t. C rig
gh ht
later equipment.
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ Vehicle diagnosis system and technical information - VAS
agen
Prote AG.
6150-

♦ Wireless diagnostic connector - VAS 5054A-

4.1 Central control unit for the convenience

system -J393-
The Central control unit for the convenience system - J393- is
located beneath the dashboard, at the driver's side, above the

4. Control units 177

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

accelerator pedal (in vehicles with right steering wheel, above the
clutch pedal).
General description:
The Central control unit for the convenience system - J393- is in
charge of the main vehicle functions:
♦ Power window drive control
♦ Power window drive convenience control
♦ Vehicle self-locking control at 15 km/h
♦ Self-unlocking control when removing key from ignition
♦ Specific adjusting control in function of the country for the
alarm system
♦ Radio frequency receiver of remote command
♦ Sound signal control when locking and unlocking the vehicle
♦ Light signal control when locking and unlocking the vehicle
♦ Internal cabin lighting control
♦ Internal cabin pressure relief control
When the convenience system central control unit - J393- is dam‐ gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
a
aged or defective, it must be replaced ⇒ General body repairs, Vol
ksw
oes
not
gu
exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Front doors/ components/ central lock
ed b .
y ara
n ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
Note

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

♦ After installing the new Central control unit for convenience

y li
erm

ab
system - J393- , it is necessary to perform its coding and the

ility
ot p

remote control adaptation.

wit
, is n

h re
♦ For coding and adjustment, use the System diagnostic vehic‐
hole

spec
ular and Technical Information - VAS 5052A- or further equip‐
es, in part or in w

ment ⇒ General information; Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and

t to the co
harnesses .

4.2 Control unit of lights with windscreen

rrectness of i
wiper functions -J917- (Coming Home/
l purpos

Leaving Home) nform

ercia

The Control unit of lights with windscreen wiper functions - J917-

is located behind relay holder.
m

at
om

ion
c

General description:
in t
or

his
te

The Control unit of lights with windscreen wiper functions - J917-

a

do
riv

is responsible for the following vehicle function:

p

cum
for

en
ng

♦ External lighting control

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Locating defects and indicating faults: opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
The Control unit of lights with windscreen wiper functions - J917-
by
cted agen
Prote
is provided with self-diagnosis function.
AG.

To localize faults, you must use the Vehicle diagnosis system and
technical information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment.
– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis and technical information sys‐
tem - VAS 5052A- or later equipment ⇒ General Information;
Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and wire harnesses in the 16-pin diag‐
nose connector - T16- .

178 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

4.2.1 Control unit of lights with windscreen wiper functions - J917- (Coming
Home/Leaving Home) - assembly overview

1 - Dashboard
❑ Remove and install ⇒
Body - Internal assem‐
bly works; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Lining / insulation .
2 - Mounting bracket
3 - Control unit of lights with
windscreen wiper functions -
J917- (Coming Home/Leaving
Home)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 179 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4 - Connectors Volksw not
gu
by ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
4.2.2 Control unit of lights with windscreen
Co
Cop py
t. rig
wiper functions - J917- (Coming Home/
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Leaving Home) - remove and install
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

4. Control units 179

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Loosen support -2- from Control unit of lights with windscreen

washer function - J917- -3- behind dashboard -1-.
– Disconnect connectors -4- .
– Remove the Control unit of lights with windscreen wiper func‐
tions - J917- -1-.
Installation:
– Install in reverse order to the removal

Note

♦ After installing the new Control unit of lights with windscreen

wiper functions - J917- , perform its coding
♦ For coding, using System diagnostic vehicular and Technical
Information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment ⇒ General in‐
formation; Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and harnesses

4.3 Central control unit for window activa‐

tion -J1015- (ZFH)
Centre control unit to glass control - J1015- is located beneath
the instrument cluster in the driver's side, and above the acceler‐
ator pedal.
– Remove and install ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr.
57 ; Front doors / components / central lock .

4.4 Control unit for the on-board system -

J519- (BFM)
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Control unit to on-board electrical system - J519- located behind y Vo lks ot g
ua
the relay support. ir se
d b ran
o tee
th
Locating defects and indicating faults: au or
ac
ss

ce
Control unit to on-board electrical system - J519- is equipped with
le
un

pt
a self-diagnosis function.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
To localize faults, you must use the Vehicle diagnosis system and

ility
ot p

technical information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment.

wit
is n

h re
– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis and technical information sys‐
ole,

tem - VAS 5052A- or later equipment ⇒ General Information;

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and wire harnesses in the 16-pin diag‐ t to the co
nose connector - T16- .

4.4.1 Control unit of the on-board electrical system - J519- (BFM) - assembly
rrectne

overview
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

180 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Dashboard
❑ Remove and install ⇒
Body - Internal assem‐
bly works; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Lining / insulation .
2 - Unit support
3 - Control unit for the on-board
system - J519- (BFM)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 181 .
4 - Connector

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

4.4.2 Control unit of the on-board electrical

pt
du

an
itte

y li

system - J519- (BFM) - remove and in‐

erm

ab
ility

stall
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

For illustration purposes, remaining harnesses and relay were not

depicted.
rrectness of i

Removal:
l purpos

– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
nf
ercia

orm

– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Control units 181

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Access connector -1- through the lower part of the dashboard

and disconnect it by releasing its respective lock, as per AG. Volkswagen AG d
-arrow-. agen oes
olksw not
V y gu
db ara
rise nte
WARNING tho eo
s au ra
c
s

ce
le
Locks -2- are fragile. Therefore, carefully press locks in order

un

pt
an
to prevent damages.

d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
– Carefully press locks -2- as per -arrows B-.

is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Remove the Control unit of the on-board system - J519- -3-
from support -1- by pressing it according to -arrow A-.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Press the locks -arrows- to remove the Control unit of the on-
t.
yi Co
op
board system - J519- -1- from its respective support -2-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
Installation:
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal,
considering the following:

182 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Install the Control unit of the on-board system - J519- -1- in its
respective support -2-, minding the fittings in detail.

– Install the Control unit of the on-board system - J519- -2- in its
support (relay support) -1-.

Note

Mind the fittings indicated by -arrows-

– Engage the connector -3-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ara
d
♦ After hinstalling
orise the new Control unit for the on-boardnte system
eo -
J519-a , it is necessary to perform its coding
ut ra
c
ss
♦ For coding, using System diagnostic vehicular and Technical
ce
le
un

pt

Information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment ⇒ General in‐

an
d
itte

formation; Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and harnesses

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

4.5 Control unit for the on-board system -

h re
ole,

spec

J519- (BCM)
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Control unit to on-board electrical system - J519- located behind

the relay support.
rrectne

Locating defects and indicating faults:

Control unit to on-board electrical system - J519- is equipped with
ss

a self-diagnosis function.
o
cial p

f in

To localize faults, you must use the Vehicle diagnosis system and
form
mer

technical information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment.

atio
om

– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis and technical information sys‐

n
c

i
or

tem - VAS 5052A- or later equipment ⇒ General Information;

thi
te

sd

Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and wire harnesses in the 16-pin diag‐

iva

o
r

nose connector - T16- .

p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
4.5.1 Control unit of the on-board electrical system - J519- (BCM) - assembly
yi Co
Cop py

overview
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Control units 183

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

1 - Dashboard
❑ Remove and install ⇒
Body - Internal assem‐
bly works; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Lining / insulation .
2 - Control unit for the on-board
system - J519- (BCM)
❑ Remove and install AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ page 184 . agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
3 - Connectors rise
d
nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.5.2 Control unit of the on-board electrical

system - J519- (BCM) - remove and in‐
stall

Note

For illustration purposes, remaining harnesses and relay were not

depicted.

Removal:
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
key from ignition.
– Disconnect the Battery - A- ⇒ page 1 .

184 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , SpaceFox 2011 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 12.2016

– Access connectors -1- through the lower part of the dashboard

and disconnect it by releasing its respective locks, as per
-arrows-.

WARNING

Locks -2- are fragile. Therefore, carefully press locks in order

to prevent damages.

– Carefully press locks -2- as per -arrows B-.

– Remove the Control unit of the on-board system - J519- -3-

from support -1- by pressing it according to -arrow A-.

Installation:
– Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal,
considering the following:

– Install the Control unit of the on-board system - J519- -2- in its
support (relay support) -1-.

Note

Mind the fittings indicated by -arrows-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Connect connectors -3-. d by Vo gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Note ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

♦ After installing the new Control unit for the on-board system -
itte

y li

J519- , it is necessary to perform its coding

rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

♦ For coding, using System diagnostic vehicular and Technical

wit
, is n

Information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment ⇒ General in‐

h re
hole

formation; Rep. gr. 97 ; Cables and harnesses

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Control units 185